THOMSON FORM 6-k
 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION


Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 6-K

 

Report of foreign Private Issuer

Pursuant to Rule 13a - 16 or 15d - 16 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the month of February 2006

 

Commission File Number: 0-3003

 

 

46 quai A. Le Gallo

92648 Boulogne Cedex

 

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

    

Form 20-F
Form 40-F

 

        Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101 (b) (1):

 

        Note: Regulation S-T Rule 101 (b) (1) only permits the submission in paper of a Form 6-K if submitted solely to provide an attached annual report to security holders.

 

        Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101 (b) (7):

 

        Note: Regulation S-T Rule 101 (b) (7) only permits the submission in paper of a Form 6-K if submitted to furnish a report or other document that the registrant foreign private issuer must furnish and make public under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the registrant is incorporated, domiciled or legally organized (the registrant's "home country"), or under the rule of the home country exchange on which the registrant's securities are traded, as long as the report or other document is not a press release, is not required to be and has not been distributed to the registrant's security holders, and, if discussing a material event, has already been subject of a Form 6-K submission or other Commission filing on EDGAR.

 

        Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Yes
No

        If " yes " is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b) : 82-  

 

 

 




 





Thomson Group

THOMSON CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS [UNAUDITED]

Unaudited consolidated statements of operations

2

Unaudited consolidated balance sheets

3

Unaudited consolidated statements of cash flows

5

Unaudited consolidated statement of recognized income and expense

6

Unaudited consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and minority interests

7


Notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

 

1

General information

8

2

Summary of significant accounting policies

8

3

Financial risk management

24

4

Critical accounting estimates and judgments

25

5

Significant changes in the scope of consolidation

29

6

Information by business segments and by geographic areas

38

7

Selling, general, administrative expenses and others

42

8

Research and development expense

42

9

Financial result

43

10

Income tax

44

11

Discontinued operations

46

12

Property, plant and equipment

48

13

Goodwill and intangible assets

49

14

Investments in associates

53

15

Interest in Joint Ventures

54

16

Investments and financial assets available-for-sale

55

17

Contract advances

55

18

Inventories

55

19

Trade accounts and notes receivables

56

20

Other current assets

56

21

Cash and cash equivalents

57

22

Shareholders’ equity

57

23

Derivative financial instruments

59

24

Borrowings (short-term and long-term)

60

25

Financial instruments and market related exposures

65

26

Reserve for post-employment benefits

70

27

Provisions for other liabilities and charges

76

28

Share based payments

77

29

Other current and non-current liabilities

82

30

Payables on acquisition of companies

82

31

Earnings per share

82

32

Information on employees

83

33

Acquisition of subsidiaries, associates and investments

84

34

Contractual obligations and commercial commitments

85

35

Contingencies

88

36

Subsequent events

93

37

Reconciliations between IFRS and French GAAP

94

38

List of consolidated subsidiaries

122

- 1 -




Thomson Group

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

(€ in millions)

 

Note

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 



 

Continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

5,691

 

 

6,036

 

Cost of sales

 

 

 

 

 

(4,322

)

 

(4,634

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Gross margin

 

 

 

 

 

1,369

 

 

1,402

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Selling, general, administrative expenses and others

 

 

(7)

 

 

(753

)

 

(732

)

Research and development expense

 

 

(8)

 

 

(234

)

 

(204

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Profit from continuing operations and before tax and financial result

 

 

 

 

 

382

 

 

466

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

(78

)

 

(2

)

Other financial income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

(27

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Financial result

 

 

(9)

 

 

(54

)

 

(29

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Share of profit (loss) from associates

 

 

(14)

 

 

(82

)

 

(20

)

Income tax

 

 

(10)

 

 

(70

)

 

(93

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Profit (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

176

 

 

324

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

(11)

 

 

(749

)

 

(885

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

(573

)

 

(561

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Attributable to equity Holders

 

 

 

 

 

(574

)

 

(559

)

Attributable to minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

(2

)


 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 31,
2004

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 

 

unaudited

 

unaudited

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in euro, except number of shares)

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding – basic net of treasury stock (*)

 

 

 

 

 

266,539,917

 

 

273,646,869

 

Earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to the equity holders of the Group

 

 

(31)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- basic

 

 

 

 

 

0.64

 

 

1.18

 

- diluted

 

 

 

 

 

0.33

 

 

1.11

 

Earnings per share from discontinued operations attributable to the equity holders of the Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- basic

 

 

 

 

 

(2.81

)

 

(3.23

)

- diluted

 

 

 

 

 

(2.81

)

 

(3.23

)

Total earnings per share attributable to the equity holders of the Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- basic

 

 

 

 

 

(2.17

)

 

(2.05

)

- diluted

 

 

 

 

 

(2.48

)

 

(2.12

)



(*)

The decrease as of December 2005 is due to the treasury shares acquired in 2005.

- 2 -




Thomson Group

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)

(€ in millions)

 

Note

 

December 31,
2005

 

January 1,
2005 (1)

 

December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 



 



 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

(12)

 

 

886

 

 

1,051

 

 

1,051

 

Goodwill

 

 

(13)

 

 

1,756

 

 

1,186

 

 

1,178

 

Intangible assets

 

 

(13)

 

 

1,150

 

 

924

 

 

924

 

Investments in associates

 

 

(14)

 

 

204

 

 

260

 

 

260

 

Investments and financial assets available-for-sale

 

 

(16)

 

 

341

 

 

139

 

 

113

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

(23)

 

 

1

 

 

11

 

 

—  

 

Contract advances

 

 

(17)

 

 

173

 

 

179

 

 

179

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

(10)

 

 

379

 

 

307

 

 

301

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

182

 

 

133

 

 

136

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

5,072

 

 

4,190

 

 

4,142

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

(18)

 

 

333

 

 

503

 

 

568

 

Trade accounts and notes receivable

 

 

(19)

 

 

1,315

 

 

1,232

 

 

1,180

 

Current accounts with affiliated companies

 

 

 

 

 

115

 

 

143

 

 

143

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

(23)

 

 

9

 

 

115

 

 

—  

 

Other current assets

 

 

(20)

 

 

644

 

 

483

 

 

616

 

Investment funds

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

58

 

 

58 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(21)

 

 

996

 

 

1,845

 

 

1,848

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total current assets

 

 

 

 

 

3,419

 

 

4,379

 

 

4,413

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Assets classified as held for sale

 

 

(11)

 

 

369

 

 

80

 

 

—  

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

8,860

 

 

8,649

 

 

8,555

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



(1)

Including the impacts related to IAS 32 and 39 on financial instruments and IFRS 5 on Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations.

- 3 -




Thomson Group

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)

(€ in millions)

 

Note

 

December 31,
2005

 

January 1,
2005 (1)

 

December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 



 



 

LIABILITIES, SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND MINORITY INTERESTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

(22)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock (273,308,032 shares, nominal value €3.75 per share at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004)

 

 

 

 

 

1,025

 

 

1,025

 

 

1,025

 

Treasury shares

 

 

 

 

 

(239

)

 

(55

)

 

(55

)

Additional paid in capital

 

 

 

 

 

1,771

 

 

1,751

 

 

1,751

 

Subordinated perpetual notes

 

 

 

 

 

492

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Other reserves

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

89

 

 

(23

)

Retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

(972

)

 

(323

)

 

(125

)

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

89

 

 

(98

)

 

(98

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

2,209

 

 

2,389

 

 

2,475

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

9

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

2,216

 

 

2,398

 

 

2,493

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

(24)

 

 

858

 

 

1,540

 

 

1,597

 

Reserve for post-employment benefits

 

 

(26)

 

 

877

 

 

760

 

 

785

 

Reserve for restructuring Costs - Non-current

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

(23)

 

 

57

 

 

122

 

 

—  

 

Other provisions

 

 

(27)

 

 

185

 

 

55

 

 

55

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(10)

 

 

162

 

 

43

 

 

37

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

(29)

 

 

103

 

 

129

 

 

129

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

2,251

 

 

2,649

 

 

2,603

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Current liabilities :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

(24)

 

 

1,464

 

 

1,011

 

 

904

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

(23)

 

 

10

 

 

34

 

 

—  

 

Reserve for post-employment benefits

 

 

(26)

 

 

62

 

 

65

 

 

65

 

Restructuring provisions - Current

 

 

(27)

 

 

45

 

 

76

 

 

76

 

Other provisions

 

 

(27)

 

 

77

 

 

81

 

 

81

 

Trade accounts and notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

1,164

 

 

1,199

 

 

1,226

 

Accrued employee expenses

 

 

 

 

 

166

 

 

158

 

 

163

 

Income tax payable

 

 

(10)

 

 

47

 

 

60

 

 

60

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

(29)

 

 

750

 

 

746

 

 

800

 

Payables on acquisition of companies

 

 

(30)

 

 

138

 

 

84

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

3,923

 

 

3,514

 

 

3,459

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

 

 

(11)

 

 

470

 

 

88

 

 

—  

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total liabilities, shareholders’ equity and minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

8,860

 

 

8,649

 

 

8,555

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

•     Off-balance sheet commitments

 

 

(34)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

•     Contingencies

 

 

(35)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



(1)

Including the impacts related to IAS 32 and 39 on financial instruments and IFRS 5 on Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations.

- 4 -




Thomson Group

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

(€ in millions)

 

Note

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 



 

Net Income

 

 

 

 

 

(573

)

 

(561

)

Profit (Loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

(749

)

 

(885

)

Profit (Loss) from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

176

 

 

324

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Summary Adjustments to reconcile profit from continuing operations to cash generated from operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and Amortization

 

 

 

 

 

442

 

 

399

 

Write-off of assets

 

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

51

 

Net changes in provisions, risks and charges

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

(39

)

Profit / loss on asset sales

 

 

 

 

 

—  

 

 

(50

)

Interest Income and Expense

 

 

 

 

 

78

 

 

2

 

Other including Tax

 

 

 

 

 

104

 

 

95

 

Changes in Working Capital and other assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

(78

)

 

(82

)

Cash generated from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

740

 

 

700

 

Interest paid

 

 

 

 

 

(64

)

 

(35

)

Interest received

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

10

 

Income tax paid

 

 

 

 

 

(67

)

 

(120

)

Net operating cash generated from continuing activities

 

 

 

 

 

623

 

 

555

 

Operating cash used in discontinued operations (1)

 

 

 

 

 

(323

)

 

(125

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Net cash provided by operating activities (I)

 

 

 

 

 

300

 

 

430

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Acquisition of subsidiaries, associates and investments, net of cash acquired

 

 

(33)

 

 

(470

)

 

(586

)

Acquisition of Videocon Industries shares

 

 

(33)

 

 

(240

)

 

—  

 

Net proceeds from sale of investments

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

42

 

Proceeds from sale (purchases) of investment funds ("OPCVM dynamiques")

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

 

(58

)

Purchases of property, plant and equipment (PPE)

 

 

 

 

 

(192

)

 

(219

)

Proceeds from sale of PPE

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

13

 

Purchases of intangible assets including capitalization of R&D costs

 

 

 

 

 

(102

)

 

(67

)

Loans granted to / reimbursed by third parties

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

 

17

 

Net investing cash used in continuing activities

 

 

 

 

 

(890

)

 

(858

)

Investing cash used in discontinued operations (1)

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

(131

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Net cash used in investing activities (II)

 

 

 

 

 

(896

)

 

(989

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Proceeds from issuance of deeply subordinated notes

 

 

 

 

 

492

 

 

—  

 

Purchase of treasury shares and others (2)

 

 

 

 

 

(283

)

 

(58

)

Proceeds from issuance of convertible bonds

 

 

 

 

 

—  

 

 

403

 

Repayments of convertible bonds

 

 

 

 

 

(588

)

 

—  

 

Proceeds from borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

600

 

 

272

 

Repayments of borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

(427

)

 

(540

)

Dividends paid to Group’s shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

(77

)

 

(71

)

Dividends paid to minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

(3

)

Net financing cash generated from continuing activities

 

 

 

 

 

(285

)

 

3

 

Financing cash used in discontinued operations (3)

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Net cash (used) / provided by financing activities (III)

 

 

 

 

 

(273

)

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents (I+II+III)

 

 

 

 

 

(869

)

 

(554

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

 

 

 

1,848

 

 

2,383

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Exchange gains/(losses) on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

 

 

 

 

996

 

 

1,848

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



(1)

The 2005 cash outflow related to discontinued operations amounts to € (317) million (of which € (323) million from operating activities) and is net of cash received for the sale of Thomson’s assets to Videocon for a consideration of € 223 million which has been immediately reinvested into Videocon Industries shares for an amount of € 240 million.

(2)

Including a valued added tax reimbursement on capital increase fees for € 9 million in 2005.

(3)

This amount is net of financing provided by the parent company for repayment of financial debts prior to disposal.

- 5 -




Thomson Group

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE (unaudited)

 

 

Period ended

 

 

 


 

(€ in millions)

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 

Profit /(loss) for the year

 

 

(573

)

 

(561

)

 

 



 



 

Recognition of actuarial gains and losses in equity

 

 

(58

)

 

(23

)

Fair value gains (losses), gross of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- on available-for-sale financial assets

 

 

(24

)

 

—  

 

- on cash flow hedges

 

 

(11

)

 

—  

 

Currency translation adjustments

 

 

190

 

 

(97

)

Tax effect (*)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 

Total income and expense recognized directly in equity

 

 

97

 

 

(120

)

 

 



 



 

Total recognized income and expense for the year

 

 

(476

)

 

(681

)

 

 



 



 

Attributable to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity holders of the parent

 

 

(480

)

 

(680

)

Minority interest

 

 

4

 

 

(1

)

 

 



 



 



(*)

No tax effect due to deferred tax loss situation.

- 6 -




Thomson Group

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (unaudited)

 

 

Attributable to equity holders of the Group

 

Minority
interest

 

Total
equity

 

 

 


 

 

 

(€ in millions)

 

Share
capital

 

Treasury
shares

 

Additional
paid in
capital

 

Bonds
issued

 

Other
reserves

 

Retained
earnings

 

Cumulative
translation
adjustments

 

 

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance at December 31, 2003

 

 

1,052

 

 

(210

)

 

1,938

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

500

 

 

—  

 

 

9

 

 

3,289

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Variations 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income and expense recognized in equity (*)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(23

)

 

—  

 

 

(98

)

 

1

 

 

(120

)

Net income (loss) 2004

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(559

)

 

—  

 

 

(2

)

 

(561

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total recognized income and expense 2004

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(23

)

 

(559

)

 

(98

)

 

(1

)

 

(681

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Dividends

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(71

)

 

—  

 

 

(5

)

 

(76

)

Warrants (1)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

12

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

12

 

Treasury shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- purchased (4,157,010 shares)

 

 

—  

 

 

(74

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(74

)

- granted to employees (141,488 shares)

 

 

—  

 

 

2

 

 

(2

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

- cancelled (7,305,476 shares) (2)

 

 

(27

)

 

227

 

 

(200

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Stock options granted (3)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

5

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

5

 

Share based payment to employees

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

3

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

3

 

Change in perimeter

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

15

 

 

15

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance at December 31, 2004

 

 

1,025

 

 

(55

)

 

1,751

 

 

—  

 

 

(23

)

 

(125

)

 

(98

)

 

18

 

 

2,493

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Adoption of IAS 32 and 39

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

112

 

 

(198

)

 

—  

 

 

(9

)

 

(95

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance at January 1, 2005

 

 

1,025

 

 

(55

)

 

1,751

 

 

—  

 

 

89

 

 

(323

)

 

(98

)

 

9

 

 

2,398

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Variations 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income and expense recognized in equity (*)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(93

)

 

—  

 

 

187

 

 

3

 

 

97

 

Net income (loss) 2005

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(574

)

 

—  

 

 

1

 

 

(573

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total recognized income and expense 2005

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(93

)

 

(574

)

 

187

 

 

4

 

 

(476

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Dividends

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(77

)

 

—  

 

 

(2

)

 

(79

)

Issuance of deeply subordinated bonds net of transaction costs (Note 22 (c))

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

492

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

492

 

Treasury shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- purchased (15,626,318 shares)

 

 

—  

 

 

(292

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(292

)

- sold (2,352,544 shares)

 

 

—  

 

 

49

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

49

 

Fair Value treasury shares to deliver (5)

 

 

—  

 

 

59

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

59

 

Carry back on treasury shares

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

10

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

10

 

Change in perimeter (6)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

9

 

 

9

 

Put on shares to minority interests (6)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(13

)

 

(13

)

Other (4)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

9

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

9

 

Fair value written put cancellation (7)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

37

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

37

 

Unrecognized gain on put sold (7)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

2

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

2

 

Share based payment to employees (Note 28)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

11

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

11

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance at December 31, 2005

 

 

1,025

 

 

(239

)

 

1,771

 

 

492

 

 

43

 

 

(972

)

 

89

 

 

7

 

 

2,216

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



(*)

See details in the “Statement of recognized income and expense” on previous page.

(1)

On September 15, 2004, the extraordinary shareholders meeting approved a subscription plan for warrants (Bon d’Acquisition ou de Souscription d’Actions “BASA”) for individual shareholders that filled certain conditions. As of December 31, 2004, a number of 12,471,859 BASA at € 1 each were subscribed. Each BASA give the right to subscribe one Thomson share at € 16.

(2)

On October 19, 2004, a total of 7,305,476 treasury shares were cancelled through a share capital reduction.

(3)

Fair value as of July 31, 2004 of a common stock call option granted to TCL Corporation in connection with the TV Combination Agreement. As per first time adoption of IAS 32 and 39, this commitment was reclassified under financial debt long term and was reevaluated by € 3 million, making the underlying long-term debt as of January 1, 2005 equaling € 8 million.

(4)

Valued added tax reimbursement on costs incurred on capital increase.

(5)

This comprises 3,623,828 shares to deliver following Inventel and Cirpack acquisitions (Note 22).

(6)

The variations mainly relate to the acquisition of VCF Thematiques on the year that increase first the minority interest and the reclassification of the minority interests in borrowings as a put on these minority interests exist.

(7)

See Note 37.5(i) § iv, as the put has not been exercised the debt and the premium have been cancelled through equity.

- 7 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

1

GENERAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

Thomson provides a wide range of video (and enabling) technologies, systems, finished products and services to customers and professionals in the entertainment and media industries. Since January 1, 2005, Thomson’s activities have been organized into three principal activities: Services, Systems & Equipments and Technology, plus two further divisions regrouping Corporate Functions and its remaining continuing but non-core activities: Displays and Consumer Electronics Partnerships.

 

 

 

In these financial statements, the terms “Thomson group” (formerly the Thomson multimedia group), “the Group” and “Thomson” mean Thomson S.A. together with its consolidated subsidiaries. Thomson S.A. refers to the Thomson group parent company (formerly Thomson multimedia S.A.).

 

 

 

The financial statements have been approved by the Board of Directors and authorized for issue on February 21, 2006.

 

 

 

According to French law, the financial statements will be considered as definitive when approved by the entity’s shareholders during the Ordinary Shareholders’ Meeting, convened on May 12, 2006.

 

 

2

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

 

Basis of preparation

 

 

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with all effective International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and are covered by IFRS 1 “First Time Adoption of IFRS”, because they are part of the year covered by Thomson’s first IFRS financial statements for the year 2005. These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with those IFRS standards and IFRIC interpretations effective as of December 31, 2005 and approved by the European Union as of February 21, 2006.

 

 

 

The Group has applied the following amendments of standards issued by the IASB in 2004/2005 and effective as from January 1, 2006 and approved by the EU as of December 31, 2005 and for which an earlier application was permitted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revised IAS 19 which allows actuarial gains or losses of each year to be booked to equity and

 

 

Revised IAS 39 which authorizes intra-group cash flow hedge under certain conditions. This amendment has been applied as from January 1, 2005, date of application of IAS 32 and IAS 39.

 

 

 

As approved by the EU Commission in the Accounting Regulatory Committee in November 2005, any endorsement made by the European Union and published in the Official Journal before the issuance of the financial statements (before the date the financial statements are signed) may be adopted by the company if early application is permitted. Consequently, the Group has elected to apply earlier IFRIC 6 “Liabilities Arising from Participating in a Specific Market - Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)” as the European Directive on WEEE applied since 2005 in most European countries where the Group operates.

 

 

 

The following IFRS standards or IFRIC interpretations were issued in previous years but they will be effective at a later date and have not been applied earlier:

 

 

 

 

 

 

IFRS 7 “Financial instruments: disclosures” issued by the IASB in August 2005 and endorsed by the European Union in January 2006.  IFRS 7 supersedes the disclosure requirements of IAS 32 “Financial Instruments: Presentation and Disclosure”. However the presentation requirements of IAS 32 remain unchanged.

 

 

An amendment to IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements - Capital Disclosures” was issued in 2005 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2007. This amendment introduces new requirements for disclosures about an entity’s capital. The Group plans to adopt this amendment at its effective date. Its impact is expected at this stage to be limited to disclosures to the financial statements.

- 8 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

 

IFRIC 4 “Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease” was issued in 2004 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2006. IFRIC 4 gives guidance on determining whether arrangements that do not take the legal form of a lease (eg some take-or-pay contracts) should, nonetheless, be accounted for in accordance with IAS 17 Leases. It specifies that an arrangement contains a lease if it depends on the use of a specific asset and conveys a right to control the use of that asset. The Group plans to adopt this standard at its effective date and is currently assessing the impact of this new standard on the Group’s operations.

 

 

IFRIC 5 “Rights to Interests Arising from Decommissioning, Restoration and Environmental Funds” was issued in December 2004 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after  January 1, 2006. The Group plans to adopt this standard at its effective date and does not anticipate any significant impact on its financial statements.

 

 

An amendment to IAS 39 regarding the use of the fair value option.

 

 

 

 

The impacts of current IFRS projects are not anticipated in these financial statements.

 

 

 

The policies set out below have been consistently applied to all the periods presented except for the three following standards for which Thomson has made use of the exemption available under IFRS 1 to only apply these standards from January 1, 2005:

 

 

IAS 32 and 39 relating to the classification and measurement of financial instruments. The application of these standards prospectively from January 1, 2005 does not allow a full consistent comparison between 2005 and 2004 net income. The main impacts of the application of these standards are described in Note 37.

 

 

IFRS 5 “Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations”.

 

 

 

 

All figures are presented in millions of euro unless otherwise stated.

 

 

 

The IFRS financial information has been prepared using the historical cost convention with some exceptions regarding various assets and liabilities, for which specific provisions recommended by the IFRS have been retained: available-for-sale financial assets at fair value, and financial assets at fair value through profit and loss.

 

 

Use of estimates

 

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period of the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

The Board regularly reviews its valuations and estimates based on its past experience and various other factors, considered reasonable and relevant for the determination of the fair estimates of the assets and liabilities carrying value. The actual results could significantly differ from these estimates depending on different conditions and assumptions.

 

 

Accounting options selected and positions taken by Thomson

 

 

 

  (a) Accounting options selected by the Group for the preparation of the opening IFRS balance sheet at the transition date (January 1, 2004)

 

 

  IFRS 1 “First-time Adoption of IFRS” sets out the rules to be followed by first-time adopters of IFRS when preparing their first IFRS financial statements. The Group has opted to apply the following options and exemptions provided by IFRS 1:
       

 

 

-

Business combinations

 

In accordance with the exemption provided by IFRS 1, the Group has opted not to restate past business combinations that occurred before January 1, 2004.

- 9 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

-

Cumulative translation differences

 

In accordance with IFRS 1, the Group elected to recognize cumulative translation differences of the foreign subsidiaries into opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2004, after having accounted for the IFRS adjustments in the opening shareholders’ equity. All cumulative translation differences for all foreign operations have therefore been deemed to be zero at the IFRS transition date. The gain or loss on a subsequent disposal of any foreign operation will exclude translation differences that arose before the IFRS transition date but will include later translation differences.

 

 

 

-

Cumulative actuarial gains and losses on pensions and other post-employment benefit plans

 

Cumulative unrecognized actuarial gains and losses on pensions and other post-employment benefit plans as of January 1, 2004 have been recognized in equity in the opening balance sheet, in accordance with the option proposed by IFRS 1. The application of this option has no impact on the method elected by the Group for the future accounting of the actuarial gains and losses on employee benefits.

 

 

 

-

Measurement of certain items of tangible and intangible assets at fair value

 

Under certain circumstances, the Group elected to apply IFRS 1 option, which enables the Group to measure several tangible assets at their fair value at the IFRS transition date. This fair value corresponds to the deemed cost under IFRS at the IFRS transition date. This method has been used only to value the TV assets which were transferred to TCL in July 2004. It had a negative impact of € 17 million on the opening net equity, which corresponds to the difference between the € 128 million of assets carrying value and € 111 million fair value.

 

 

 

-

Stock options and other share-based payments

 

According to IFRS 1, the Group elected to apply IFRS 2 to all equity instruments granted after November 7, 2002 and for which the rights have not vested as of December 31, 2004.

 

 

 

The following options and exemptions provided by IFRS 1 have not been applied by the Group or are not relevant for Thomson’s activities:

 

-

Compound financial instruments option, designation of previously recognised financial instruments option and fair value measurement of financial assets or financial liabilities option

 

Thomson has not used these exemptions provided by IFRS 1 as the Group applies IAS 32 and 39 from January 1, 2005.

 

-

Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries option and changes in existing decommissioning, restoration and similar liabilities included in the cost of property, plant and equipment option

 

Thomson has not applied these options because they were not relevant for Thomson’s activities.

 

 

 

(b) Positions taken by the Group on issues that are still being analyzed by the IFRIC or the IASB

 

 

 

In the absence of standards or interpretations applicable to the transactions described below, Group management has used its judgment to define and apply the most appropriate accounting methods. The Group's judgment-based interpretations are as follows:

 

 

 

-

Acquisitions of minority interests

 

The acquisitions of minority interests are not currently covered by IFRS. The accounting treatment of acquisitions of minority interests is included within the proposed amendments to IFRS 3 “Business combinations” published in June 2005 by the IASB. For the time being, without any definitive specific rules, the Group applies the previous French GAAP method. In the event the Group acquires additional interests in a subsidiary, the difference between the purchase price and the consolidated carrying amount of these acquired minority interests is recorded as goodwill in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

-

Commitments to purchase minority interests (put options)

 

Pursuant to IAS 27 and IAS 32, commitments to purchase minority interests and put options granted to minority interests are recognized as a financial debt for its fair value and as a reduction in minority interests in equity. Where the fair value of the commitment exceeds the carrying amount of the minority interest, the Group (in the absence of clear guidance from the IASB or IFRIC) records this difference as goodwill, following the principle of the acquisition of minority interests described above.

- 10 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

Pursuant to this initial accounting, any change in the fair value of the commitment is recorded as an adjustment of the amount initially recorded as goodwill.

 

 

Scope and consolidation method

 

 

     (a) Subsidiaries

 

All the entities that are controlled by the Group (including special purpose entities) i.e. in which the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies in order to obtain benefits from the activities, are subsidiaries of the Group and are consolidated. Control is presumed to exist when the Group directly or indirectly owns more than half of the voting rights of an entity (the voting rights taken into account are the actual and potential voting rights which are immediately exercisable) and when no other shareholder holds a significant right allowing veto or the blocking of ordinary decisions made by the Group.

 

 

 

Consolidation is also applied to special purpose entities that are controlled, whatever their legal forms are, even where the Group holds no shares in their capital.

 

 

 

Financial statements of consolidated subsidiaries, when prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles in their country of origin, have been adjusted to IFRS accordingly in consolidation.

 

 

 

     (b) Associates

 

An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence and that is neither a subsidiary nor an interest in a joint venture. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee without having either control or joint control over those policies.

 

Investments in associates are accounted for under the equity method. The goodwill arising on these entities is included in the carrying value of the investment.

 

 

 

     (c) Joint ventures

 

A joint venture is a contractual arrangement whereby the Group and other parties undertake an economic activity that is subject to joint control.

 

Investments in joint-ventures are accounted for under the proportionate consolidation method: the assets, liabilities, revenues and costs are consolidated in proportion to the Group’s investment.

 

 

Business combinations

 

 

The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the purchase method.

 

The acquiree’s identifiable assets and liabilities that meet the IFRS recognition criteria are recorded at their fair values at the acquisition date, except for the assets classified as held-for-sale by the Group that are recognized at fair value less costs to sell.

 

 

 

Only the identifiable liabilities satisfying the recognition criteria of a liability or a contingent liability for the acquired company are recorded at the acquisition date when allocating the cost of the business combination. Thus, a restructuring liability is recognized as part of allocating the cost of the combination only if the acquired company has, at the acquisition date, an existing liability for restructuring.

 

The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange, plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition. The costs directly attributable to a business combination include costs such as professional fees paid to accountants, legal advisers, valuers and other consultants which affect the business combination.

 

The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets is recorded as goodwill.

- 11 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

The adjustments of assets and liabilities fair values related to new acquisitions, initially recorded using provisional values (due to external appraisal work being currently carried out or to further analyses to be performed), are accounted for as retroactive adjustments to goodwill, should they occur within the twelve-month period following the acquisition date. Beyond this period, these adjustments are directly recognized into net result unless they correspond to corrections of errors.

 

 

 

The interest of minority shareholders in the acquiree is initially measured at the minority’s proportion of the net fair value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities recognized.

 

 

Translation of foreign subsidiaries

 

 

 

The financial statements of affiliates for which the functional currency is different from that of the parent company are translated as follows:

 

     •     The assets and liabilities, including the goodwill and the fair value adjustments in the consolidated accounts, are translated into euros at the rate effective at the period end.

 

     •     The revenues and costs are translated into euros at the average exchange rate of the period, as long as this rate is not impacted by significant changes.

 

 

 

The translation adjustments arising are directly recorded in shareholders’ equity.

 

 

Translation of foreign currency transactions

 

 

 

Transactions in foreign currency are translated at the exchange rate effective at the trade date. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currency are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date, except for receivables and payables which are covered by exchange rate hedge instruments. The differences arising on the translation of foreign currency operations (monetary assets and liabilities hedged) are recorded in the income statement as a profit or loss on exchange.

 

 

 

The non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the historical rate of exchange effective at the trade date. However, the recoverable value of depreciated tangible assets is determined by reference to the exchange rate at the balance sheet date.

 

 

 

The main exchange rates used for translation (euro to unit currency) are summarized in the following table:


 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Closing
rate

 

Average
rate

 

Closing
rate

 

Average
rate

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

US dollar (USD)

 

 

0.84331

 

 

0.80550

 

 

0.73303

 

 

0.80173

 

Pound sterling (GBP)

 

 

1.45590

 

 

1.46248

 

 

1.41365

 

 

1.47262

 

Canadian dollar

 

 

0.72546

 

 

0.66470

 

 

0.60938

 

 

0.61882

 

Hong Kong dollar

 

 

0.10877

 

 

0.10359

 

 

0.09429

 

 

0.10294

 

Polish zloty

 

 

0.25917

 

 

0.24829

 

 

0.24537

 

 

0.22155

 

China Renminbi

 

 

0.10453

 

 

0.09844

 

 

0.08857

 

 

0.09686

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The average rate is determined by taking the average of the month-end closing rates for the year period, unless such method results in a material distortion.

 

 

Property, Plant and Equipment (PPE)

 

 

 

All PPE are recognized at historical cost, excluding the cost of borrowings which are expensed as incurred. They are essentially amortized using the straight-line method over the useful life of the asset, which ranges from 20 to 40 years for buildings and from 1 to 12 years for materials and machinery.

 

Each material component of a composite asset with different useful lives or different patterns of depreciation is accounted for separately for the purpose of depreciation and accounting for subsequent expenditure.

- 12 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

The assets held under finance leases are capitalized at the lower of the present value of future minimum payments and the fair value of the leased assets. They are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the duration of the lease. The amortization costs related to the assets acquired through these contracts are included within the amortization allowances in profit and loss.

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

At the acquisition date, goodwill is measured at its cost, being the excess of the costs of the business combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. Goodwill is always presented in the currency of the acquired affiliate and measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses and is not amortized.

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets consist mainly of development costs, trademarks, rights for use of patents and customer relationships.

 

Intangibles acquired through a business combination are recognized at fair value while separately acquired intangible assets are recorded at purchase cost and internally generated intangibles are recognized at production cost. Borrowing costs are expensed when incurred.

 

Purchase cost comprises acquisition price plus all associated costs relating to the acquisition and set-up.

 

All other costs, including those relating to the development of internally generated intangible assets such as brands, customer files, etc., are recognized as expenses of the period when they are incurred.

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets considered to have a finite useful life are amortized over their estimated useful lives and their value written down in the case of any impairment loss.

 

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually.

 

Depending on the nature and the use of the intangible assets, the amortization of these assets is included either in “cost of sales”, or “selling, general, administrative expenses and others” or “research and development expense”.

 

 

 

 

     (a) Research and development projects

 

Research expenditures are expensed as incurred. Development costs are expensed as incurred, unless the project to which they relate meets the IAS 38 capitalization criteria. Recognized development projects correspond to projects which objectives are to develop new processes or to improve significantly existing processes, considered as technically viable and expected to provide future economic benefits.

 

 

 

 

Development projects are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, if any. The costs of the internally generated development projects include direct labor costs (including pension costs and medical retiree benefits), costs of materials and service fees necessary for the development projects.

 

They are amortized over a period ranging from one to five years starting from the beginning of the commercial production of the projects, using either a straight-line method or a unit of production method.

 

 

 

 

     (b) Patents and trademarks

 

Patents are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of use.

 

Trademarks are considered as having an indefinite useful life and are not amortized, but are tested for impairment annually according to IAS 36.

 

The classification of a trademark as an asset of indefinite useful life is generally based on the its positioning in its market expressed in terms of volume of activity, international presence and notoriety, and its expected long term profitability.

- 13 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

     (c) Customer relationships

 

Customer relationships are acquired through business combinations and amortized over the expected useful life of such relationships, which range from 8 to 20 years (taking into account probable renewals of long-term customer contracts that last generally from 1 to 5 years).

 

 

 

 

     (d) Other intangible assets

 

This caption comprises mainly acquired software.

 

 

 

Impairment of intangible assets, goodwill and PPE

 

 

 

 

Goodwill, intangible assets having an indefinite useful life and development projects not yet available for use are tested annually for impairment in September and whenever circumstances indicate that they might be impaired.

 

 

 

 

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the cash-generating units (CGU) or groups of cash-generating units that represent the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. For Thomson, the lowest level at which the Group manages its operations generally coincides with the level of information that is given to the Executive Committee for management purposes.

 

 

 

 

Tangible and intangible assets having a definite useful life are tested for impairment at the balance sheet date only if events or circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. The main evidence indicating that an asset may be impaired includes the existence of significant changes in the operational environment of the assets, a significant decline in the expected economic performance of the assets, or a significant decline in the revenues or in the market share of the Group.

 

 

 

 

The impairment test consists of comparing the carrying amount of the asset with its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of the asset is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. The recoverable amount of an asset is individually assessed, unless the asset does not generate any cash inflows independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. In this case, as for goodwill, the Group determines the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the asset belongs. A CGU is defined as the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or group of assets.

 

 

 

 

Value in use is the present value of the future cash flow expected to be derived from an asset or group of assets. For determining the value in use, the Group uses estimates of future pre-tax discounted cash flows generated by the asset over a period of 5 years, including a residual value when appropriate. These flows are consistent with the most recent budgets approved by the Group directors. Cash flows beyond this period are estimated using a steady or declining growth rate for the subsequent years. Estimated cash flows are discounted using pre-tax long-term market rates, reflecting the time value of money and the specific risks of the assets.

 

 

 

 

The fair value less costs to sell corresponds to the amount that could be obtained from the sale of the asset (or the CGU), in an arm’s-length transaction between knowledgeable and willing parties, less the costs of disposal.

 

 

 

 

An impairment loss corresponds to the difference between the carrying amount of the asset (or group of assets) and its recoverable amount and is recognized in the profit from continuing operations, unless the impairment is related to discontinued operations.

 

In accordance with IAS 36, impairment of goodwill cannot be reversed.

 

 

 

Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operations are accounted for in accordance with IFRS 5, which the Group has elected to apply from January 1, 2005 prospectively.

- 14 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

Assets Held for Sale

 

A non-current asset (or disposal group) is classified as held for sale when its carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This means the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale and its sale is highly probable.

 

A non-current asset (or disposal group) classified as held for sale is measured at the lower of its fair value less costs to sell and its carrying amount.

 

Any impairment loss for write-down of the asset (or disposal group) to fair value less costs to sell is recognized in profit or loss.

 

 

 

 

Discontinued Operations

 

A discontinued operation is a component of an entity that either has been disposed of (by sale or otherwise) or is held for sale. To be disclosed as discontinuing, the operation must have been discontinued or be in the asset held for sale category. The component discontinued must be clearly distinguishable operationally and for reporting purposes. It should represent a separate major line of business (or geographical area of business), be part of a single major plan or be a subsidiary acquired exclusively for resale.

 

 

 

 

The profit (loss) from discontinued operations is presented as a separate line item on the face of the income statement with a detailed analysis provided in Note 11. The income statement data for all prior periods presented are reclassified to present the results of operations meeting the criteria of IFRS 5 as discontinued operations. In the statement of cash flows, the amounts related to businesses in discontinued operations are disclosed separately as required by IFRS 5.

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

 

 

Inventories are valued at cost or production cost. The production costs include the direct costs of raw materials, labor costs and a part of the overheads representative of the indirect production costs, and exclude the general administration costs.

 

 

 

 

The cost of inventory sold is determined based on the weighted average method or the FIFO (first in – first out) method, depending on the nature of the inventory.

 

 

 

 

When the net realizable value of inventories in the normal course of the business is lower than its carrying amount, the inventory is written down by the difference.

 

 

 

Customer contract advances

 

 

 

 

As part of its normal course of business, Thomson makes cash advances, generally within its Services division, to its customers. These are generally in the framework of a long term relationship or contract and can take different forms. Contract advances primarily relate to cash advances made to its customers under long-term contracts. Consideration is typically paid as an advance to the customers in return for the customer’s various commitments over the life of the contracts. These contracts award to Technicolor a customer’s business within a particular territory over the specified contract period (generally from 1 to 5 years). The contracts contain provisions that establish pricing terms for services and volumes to be provided and other terms and conditions.

 

Such advances payments are classified under “non current assets”, recorded as “contracts advances, net” and are amortized as a reduction of "net sales" on the basis of units of production or film processed.

 

 

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

The Group has elected to apply IAS 32 and IAS 39 from January 1, 2005.

 

 

 

 

In accordance with IAS 39, financial assets are classified in the following categories: at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, and available-for-sale financial assets. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition and re-evaluates this designation at every reporting date.

- 15 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

Except for financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss, which are initially recognized at fair value and transaction costs expensed, financial assets are recognized at the trade date – the date when the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset - at fair value plus transaction costs.

 

 

 

 

(a) Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 

This category has two sub-categories: "financial assets held for trading", and those designated at fair value through profit or loss at inception. A financial asset is classified in this category if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term or if so designated by management. Derivatives are also categorized as "held for trading" unless they are designated as hedges. Assets in this category are classified as current assets if they are either held for trading or are expected to be realized within 12 months after the balance sheet date.

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are subsequently carried at fair value. Gains or losses arising, from changes in the fair value, including interest and dividend income, are presented in the income statement within “Other financial income (expense)”, in the period in which they arise.

 

 

 

 

(b) Loans and receivables

 

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the balance sheet date. These are classified as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are classified as "trade and other receivables" in the balance sheet (see below).

 

Loans and receivables are subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

 

 

 

(c) Available-for-sale financial assets

 

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. They are included in non-current assets unless management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

 

Available-for-sale financial assets are subsequently carried at fair value and changes in the fair value are recognized directly in equity except for the part corresponding to the foreign exchange differences on monetary securities (debt instruments) denominated in a foreign currency which are recognized in profit or loss.

 

When securities are sold or impaired, the accumulated fair value adjustments recognized in equity are recycled through profit or loss in the line item “Other financial income (expense)” in the income statement.

 

Interest on available-for-sale securities calculated using the effective interest method is recognized in the income statement. Dividends on available-for-sale equity instruments are recognized in the income statement when the Group’s right to receive payments is established.

 

 

 

 

Derecognition

 

Investments are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

 

 

 

 

Fair value measurement

 

The fair values of quoted investments are based on current bid prices. If the market for a financial asset is not active (and for unlisted securities), the Group establishes fair value by using valuation techniques. These include the use of recent arm’s length transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same, discounted cash flow analysis, and option pricing models, making maximum use of market inputs and relying as little as possible on entity-specific inputs.

 

 

 

 

Impairment of financial assets

 

The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. In the case of equity securities classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered an indicator that the securities are impaired. If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss – measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or loss – is removed from equity and recognized in the income statement. Impairment losses recognized in the income statement on equity instruments are not reversed through the income statement.

- 16 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

Financial liabilities – hybrid/compound instruments

 

 

 

(a) Compound instruments/convertible bonds

 

A compound instrument is a financial instrument that contains both a liability component and an equity component.

 

The equity component (option to exchange/convert into Thomson’s shares) grants an option to the holder of the instrument to convert the instrument into an equity instrument of the issuer.

 

These bonds convertible into new or existing shares were accounted for as financial debts in the Group’s financial statements under French GAAP. According to IAS 32, these specific liabilities are accounted for separately as a financial liability and an equity instrument in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity instrument.

 

The carrying amount of the liability component is measured at the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated equity component (the fair value is determined from the present value of future cash flows relating to a similar instrument without an equity component). The carrying value of the equity instrument represented by the option to convert the instrument into Thomson’s shares is then determined by deducting the fair value of the financial liability from the fair value of the compound financial instrument as a whole.

 

 

 

 

Transaction costs directly attributable to of the issue the bonds are allocated to the liability and equity components of the instruments in proportion to the allocation of proceeds.

 

 

 

 

(b) Hybrid instruments (convertible in US dollar issued in September 2004)

 

Conversion options embedded in convertible bonds denominated in foreign currency are bifurcated as derivatives and are re-measured at fair value with a direct impact in profit or loss at each reporting date.  Although not addressed directly in IAS 32, IFRIC concluded in April 2005, that such options did not meet the definition of equity instruments as the settlement represented a variable amount of cash (the options will or may be settled other than by the exchange of a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset for a fixed number of the entity’s own equity instruments). In September 2005, this decision was confirmed by the IASB which refused to amend IAS 32 to modify the treatment of convertible bonds in foreign currency.

 

Because the group adopted IAS 32 and 39 from January 1, 2005 the change in fair value as of December 31, 2004 is presented in equity. The change in fair value of the option from January 1, 2005 is then reflected in profit or loss.

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

 

Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

 

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date.

 

 

 

Trade receivables and payables

 

 

 

 

The trade receivables and payables are part of the current financial assets and liabilities. At the date of their initial recognition, they are measured at the fair value of the amount to be received or paid. This generally represents their nominal value because of the short time between the recognition of the instrument and its realization (for assets) or its settlement (for liabilities).

 

 

 

 

A receivable is derecognized when it is sold without recourse and when it is evidenced that the Group has transferred substantially all the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the receivable and has no more continuing involvement in the transferred asset.

- 17 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

Derivatives

 

 

 

 

Accounting treatment of derivatives under IFRS (as from January 1, 2005)

 

 

 

 

The Group uses derivatives as hedging instruments for hedges of foreign currency risks and changes in interest rates. These instruments include agreements for interest rate swaps, options and foreign currency forward contracts. If hedge accounting criteria are met, they are accounted for in accordance with hedge accounting.

 

 

 

 

Derivatives are recognized at fair value.

 

 

 

 

Derivative instruments may be designated as hedging instruments in one of three types of hedging relationship:

 

-

Fair value hedge, corresponding to a hedge of the exposure to the change in fair value of an asset or a liability;

 

-

Cash flow hedge, corresponding to a hedge of the exposure to the variability in cash flows from future assets or liabilities;

 

-

Net investment hedge in foreign operations, corresponding to a hedge of the amount of the Group’s interest in the net assets of these operations.

 

 

 

 

Derivative instruments are qualified for hedge accounting when:

 

-

At the inception of the hedge, there is a formal designation and documentation of the hedging relationship;

 

-

The hedge is expected to be highly effective, its effectiveness can be reliably measured and it has been highly effective throughout the financial reporting periods for which the hedge was designated.

 

 

 

 

The effects of hedge accounting are as follows:

 

-

For fair value hedges of existing assets and liabilities, the hedged portion of the asset or liability is recognized in the balance sheet at fair value. The gain or loss from remeasuring the hedged item at fair value is recognized in profit or loss and is offset by the effective portion of the loss or gain from remeasuring the hedging instrument at fair value.

 

-

For cash flow hedges, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognized directly in equity – because the change in the fair value of the hedged portion of the underlying item is not recognized in the balance sheet – and the ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized in profit or loss. Amounts recognized directly in equity are subsequently recognized in profit or loss in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects profit or loss. Such periods are generally less than 6 months except for the licensing activity and certain activities linked to long term contracts where the period is generally up to 1 year.

 

-

For net investment hedge, any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion is recognized in equity; the gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the income statement. Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the income statement when the foreign operation is disposed of.

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments are measured at fair value. Subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in the income statement.

 

 

 

 

Accounting treatment of derivatives under French GAAP (until December 31, 2005)

 

 

 

 

Until December 31, 2004, under French GAAP, foreign currency forward contracts, and foreign currency options, were considered as hedges for accounting purposes if they were designated to hedge accounts receivable and accounts payable amounts on the balance sheet at the closing date of the period or anticipated commercial transactions. The nature of the commercial products sold and the consistency of the demand for these products are such that it was reasonable to consider the anticipation of future cash flows generated by market demand as similar to firm order commitments.

- 18 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

Gains and losses on foreign currency instruments designated as hedges of the following year’s anticipated commercial transactions were recognized as income or expense over the same period as the underlying transaction.

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency instruments that did not qualify for hedge accounting were recorded at market value, and gains and losses resulting from these instruments were recognized as “other financial expense” in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

 

 

 

Regarding interest rate instruments, gains and losses on interest rate instruments designated as hedges of the Group’s debt instruments, were accounted for over the life of the contract, on an accrual basis, as an increase or decrease to “interest expense” and the accruals were included either in “other receivables” or “other creditors and accrued liabilities” on the balance sheet.

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements that did not qualify for hedge accounting as well as interest rate caps were marked-to-market and if there was a loss it was recognized in “other financial income (expense)” in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

 

 

 

Under French GAAP the fair value of derivative instruments designated as hedges of forecast transactions were not recorded in the balance sheet.

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, i.e. investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and subject to an insignificant risk of change in value.

 

Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities in the balance sheet.

 

 

 

Treasury shares

 

Treasury shares are recorded at purchase cost and deducted from shareholders’ equity. The gain or loss on disposal or cancellation of these shares is recorded directly in shareholders’ equity and not in the income statement.

 

 

 

Equity transaction costs

 

 

 

 

Incremental costs directly attributable to the equity transaction are accounted for as a deduction from equity (net of any related income tax benefit).

 

 

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

Deferred taxes result from:

 

-

Temporary differences arising from differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the balance sheet, and

 

-

The carryforward of unused tax losses and tax credits.

 

 

 

 

Deferred taxes for all temporary differences are calculated for each taxable entity using the balance sheet liability method.

 

 

 

 

All deferred tax liabilities are recorded except:

 

-

When the deferred tax liability results from the initial recognition of goodwill, or from the initial recognition of an asset or a liability in a transaction which is not a business combination and, at the trade date, affects neither the net income nor the taxable income or loss; and

 

-

For taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint ventures, when the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and when it is probable that these temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

- 19 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

Deferred tax assets are recorded:

 

-

For all deductible temporary differences, to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which these temporary differences can be utilized, except when the related deferred tax asset results from the initial recognition of an asset or a liability in a transaction which is not a business combination and, at the trade date, affects neither the net income nor the taxable income or loss.

 

-

For the carryforward of unused tax losses and unused tax credits, to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the unused tax losses and credits can be utilized.

 

 

 

 

The carrying amount of the deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced when it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow the benefit of part or all of the deferred tax assets to be utilized.

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are valued using the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

 

 

 

 

Deferred taxes are classified as non-current assets and liabilities.

 

 

 

Leases

 

 

 

 

Leases which transfer substantially all risks and rewards incidental to the ownership of the leased asset are classified as finance leases. This transfer is based on different indicators analyzed like (i) the transfer of ownership at the end of the lease, (ii) the existence of a bargain price option in the agreement, (iii) the fact that the lease term is for the major part of the economic life of the asset, or (iv) the present value of minimum lease payments amounts to substantially all of the fair value of the leased asset. The assets held under finance leases are capitalized by the Group and a financial liability is accounted for by the lessee.

 

 

 

 

These assets are amortized over the shorter of their useful life and the lease term.

 

 

 

 

Leases which are not classified as finance leases are operating leases. The payments related to these contracts are recorded as expenses on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

 

 

Post Employment benefits

 

 

 

 

     (a) Post employment obligations

 

 

 

 

The Group operates various post employment schemes for some employees. Contributions paid and related to defined contribution plan i.e. pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions and has no legal nor constructive obligations to pay further contributions (for example if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay to all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods) are recorded as expenses as they fall due.

 

 

 

 

The other pension plans are analyzed as defined benefit plan (i.e. pension plans that define an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation) and are recognized in the balance sheet based on an actuarial valuation of the defined benefit obligations at the balance sheet date less the fair value of the related plan assets.

 

 

 

 

The method used for determining employee benefits obligations is based on the Projected Unit Credit Method. The present value of the Group benefit obligations is determined by attributing the benefits to employee services in accordance with the benefit formula of each plan. The provisions for these benefits are determined annually by independent qualified actuaries based on demographic and financial assumptions such as mortality, employee turnover, future salaries and benefit levels, discount rates and expected rates of return on plan assets.

- 20 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

Expenses related to interest cost and expected return on plan assets are recognized as financial expense and financial income.

 

 

 

 

According to revised IAS 19, net cumulative actuarial gains and losses of the period are immediately recognized in the provision for post employment obligation with a corresponding debit or credit to equity in the Statement of Recognized Income and Expense.

 

 

 

 

     (b) Other long-term benefits

 

 

 

 

The obligations related to the other long-term benefits (jubilee award) are also based on actuarial valuations.

 

 

 

Share-based payments

 

 

 

 

As of January 1, 2004, the Group applied the requirements of IFRS 2 “Share based Payments”. In accordance with the transition provisions, IFRS 2 has been applied to all equity investments granted after November 7, 2002 that were unvested as of January 1, 2005.

 

The Group issues equity-settled and cash-settled share-based payments to certain employees. According to IFRS 2, the service received from the employees for the grant of the stock options consists of an additional compensation to the employee.

 

 

 

 

Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value at the grant date. They are accounted for as an employee expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the plans (usually 3 to 4 years), based on the Group’s estimate of options that will eventually vest.

 

 

 

 

For cash-settled share-based payments, a liability equal to the portion of the goods or services received is recognized at the current fair value determined at each balance sheet date.

 

 

 

 

The fair value of instruments, and especially of options granted, is determined based on the Black-Scholes valuation model. The expense recognized takes into account the number of options expected to be vested annually.

 

 

 

Provisions

 

 

 

 

Provisions are recorded at the balance sheet date when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and when it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

 

The obligation may be legal, regulatory or contractual or it may represent a constructive obligation deriving from the Group's actions where, by an established pattern of past practice, published policies or a sufficiently specific current statement, the Group has indicated to other parties that it will accept certain responsibilities, and as a result, has created a valid expectation on the part of those other parties that it will discharge those responsibilities.

 

 

 

 

The recorded provision represents the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date. If a reliable estimate cannot be made of the amount of the obligation, no provision is recorded but details of the obligation are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

 

 

 

 

Where the effect of the time value of money is material, the recorded amount is the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the related obligation. The present value is determined using pre-tax discount rates that reflect the assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liabilities.

 

Increases in provisions resulting from the discounting and recorded to reflect the passage of time are recognized as financial costs in the income statement.

- 21 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

Restructuring provisions

 

Provisions for restructuring costs are recognized whenever the Group has a constructive obligation towards third parties, which results from a decision made by the Group before the balance sheet date and supported by the following items:

 

-

The existence of a detailed and finalized plan identifying the sites concerned, their location, the role and the approximate number of headcounts concerned, the nature of the expenses that are to be incurred and the effective date of the plan; and

 

-

The announcement of this plan to those affected by it.

 

 

 

 

The restructuring provision only includes the expenses directly linked to the plan and which do not relate to the Group’s continuing activities.

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the amount received or receivable, after deduction of any trade discounts or volume rebates allowed by the Group, including contract advances.

 

When the impact of deferred payment is significant, the fair value of the revenue is determined by discounting all future payments.

 

 

 

 

     (a) Sales of goods

 

 

 

 

Related revenue is recognized when the entity has transferred to the buyer the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods, which generally occurs at the time of shipment.

 

 

 

 

     (b) Services agreements

 

 

 

 

The Group signs contracts which award to Technicolor a customer’s business within a particular territory over the specified contract period (generally over 1 to 5 years). The contracts contain provisions that establish pricing terms for services and volumes to be provided and other terms and conditions. Revenue is recognized when the entity has transferred to the customer the major risk and rewards of ownership, which generally occurs, depending on contract terms, upon duplication or delivery.

 

 

 

 

     (c) Royalties

 

 

 

 

Patent licensing agreements generally state that a specified royalty amount is earned at the time of shipment of each product to a third-party by a licensee.

 

The gross royalty amount is determined on a quarterly basis and in accordance with the license agreement.

 

 

 

 

     (d) Long-term contracts

 

 

 

 

Some part of the Broadcast and Networks operations (“Grass Valley”) consist in the design, planning, integration and development of broadcast systems.

 

Because of the nature of this activity, the date when the contract activity begins and the date when the activity is completed usually fall into different accounting periods.

 

 

 

 

Consequently, income and expenses on these contracts are recognised in accordance with the percentage of completion method and probable losses on contracts in progress are fully recognised as soon as they are identified.

 

 

 

 

     (e) Sales incentives

 

 

 

 

Sales incentives to customers under sales incentives programs are deducted from sales unless the following conditions are met:

 

-

Thomson receives an identifiable and separable benefit (goods or services) in exchange for the cash paid to the customer, and

 

-

Thomson can reasonably estimate the fair value of the benefit.

 

Amounts paid in excess of such identified benefit are deducted from sales.

- 22 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

Earnings per share

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing income (loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent entity by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period.

 

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing income (loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent entity by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period, assuming that all potentially dilutive securities were exercised and that any proceeds from such exercises were used to acquire shares of the Company's stock at the average market price during the period or the period the securities were outstanding. Potentially dilutive securities comprise: outstanding written call options, if dilutive; the securities issued under the Company's management incentive plan, to the extent the average market price of the Company's stock exceeded the adjusted exercise prices of such instruments; and shares issuable in relation to outstanding convertible bonds, if dilutive.

- 23 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

3

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

 

 

 

 

Thomson faces a wide variety of financial risks including market risk due to exchange rate, interest rate and price fluctuations, liquidity risk and credit risk.

 

 

 

 

Thomson’s financial market risks and liquidity risk are managed centrally by its corporate treasury department in France.

 

 

 

 

Management of financial risks by the corporate treasury is done in accordance with corporate policies and procedures which cover, among other aspects, responsibilities, authorizations, limits, permitted instruments and reporting.  All financial market risks are monitored continually and reported regularly to the Chief Financial Officer, to the Executive Committee and to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors via various reports showing the company’s exposures to these risks with details of the transactions undertaken to reduce these risks.

 

 

 

 

To reduce interest rate and currency exchange rate risk the Group enters into hedging transactions using derivative instruments. To reduce liquidity risk, the Group uses various long-term and committed financings.

 

 

 

 

With regard to derivative instruments, Thomson’s policy is not to use derivatives for any purpose other than for hedging our commercial and financial exposures. This policy does not permit the Group or its subsidiaries to take speculative market positions.

 

 

 

 

The Group may also use derivatives to reduce its exposure to stock price fluctuations of certain of its investments in listed companies.

 

 

 

 

Credit risk on commercial clients is managed by each division based on policies that take into account the credit quality and history of customers.

 

 

 

 

The Group’s derivative and cash transaction counterparties are limited to highly rated financial institutions.  Moreover the Group has policies limiting the maximum amount of exposure to any single counterparty.

 

 

 

Foreign Exchange Risk

 

 

 

 

Translation Risks

 

 

 

 

The assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of the Group’s operating entities are denominated in various currencies, principally US dollars. The Group’s consolidated financial statements are presented in euro. Thus, assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses denominated in currencies other than euro must be translated into euro at the applicable exchange rate to be included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

Transaction Risks

 

 

 

 

Commercial Exposure

 

 

 

 

Thomson’s foreign exchange risk exposure mainly arises on purchase and sale transactions by its subsidiaries in currencies other than their functional currencies.

 

 

 

 

In most cases, the Group’s subsidiaries will hedge with the corporate treasury department the full amount of the estimated exposure, thereby eliminating the currency risk for the period of the hedge.  The corporate treasury hedges the net position in each currency with external forward operations or occasionally options.

- 24 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

Financial exposure

 

 

 

 

The Group’s general policy is for subsidiaries to borrow and invest excess cash in the same currency as their functional currency thereby limiting the exposure of its financial assets and liabilities to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

 

 

 

Thomson is mainly exposed to interest rate risk on its deposits and indebtedness. In order to reduce this exposure, it enters into interest rate swaps, forward rate agreements and caps.

 

 

 

 

In accordance with corporate policies and procedures, the corporate treasury department manages the financings of the Group, and hedges interest rate risk exposure in accordance with target ratios of fixed to floating debt, which are set periodically as a function of market conditions.

 

 

 

4

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

 

 

 

 

Thomson’s principal accounting policies are described in Note 2 above. Certain of Thomson’s accounting policies require the application of judgment by management in selecting appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates which inherently contain some degree of uncertainty.  Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the reported carrying values of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses.  Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Thomson’s management believes the followings are the critical accounting policies and related judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements under IFRS.

 

 

 

Tangible and intangible assets with finite useful lives

 

 

 

 

The Group records intangible assets with finite useful lives (mainly software and certain rights on intellectual property acquired) relating to operations and to production facilities under “Intangible assets, net” and tangible fixed assets under “Property, plant and equipment” (“PPE”). Significant estimates and assumptions are required to decide (i) the expected useful lives of these assets for purposes of their depreciation and (ii) whether there is any impairment of their value requiring a write-down of their carrying amount. Estimates that are used to determine the expected useful lives of fixed assets are defined in the Group’s accounting policies manual and are consistently applied throughout the Group. Such periods range from twenty to forty years for buildings, from one to twelve years for plants and equipment and from four to ten years for other tangible assets, excluding land that has an indefinite useful life. Software development costs are capitalized and amortized over their economic useful lives, which usually do not exceed three years.

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Group recognised depreciation expense amounting to € 208 million related to tangible fixed assets and amortization expense of € 125 million for intangible assets with finite useful lives (these figures include depreciation expense booked in the loss from discontinued operations). As of December 31, 2005, the net carrying amount of PPE and intangible assets amounted to € 886 million and € 1,150 million, respectively.

 

 

 

 

In order to ensure that its assets are carried at no more than their recoverable amount, Thomson evaluates on a regular basis certain indicators that would result, if applicable, in the calculation of an impairment test in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2 above.

 

The recoverable amount of an asset or group of assets may require the Group to use estimates and mainly to assess the future cash flows expected to arise from the asset or group of assets and a suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value.

 

Any negative change in relation to the operating performance or the expected future cash flow of individual assets or group of assets will change the expected recoverable amount of these assets or groups of assets and therefore may require a write-down of their carrying amount.

- 25 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

Deferred tax

 

 

 

 

Management judgment is required to determine the Group’s deferred tax assets and liabilities and the extent to which deferred tax assets can be recognized in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2 above. When a specific subsidiary has a history of recent losses, future positive taxable income is assumed improbable, unless the asset recognition can be supported for reasons such as (1) the losses having resulted from exceptional circumstances which will not re-occur in a nearby future, and/or (2) the expectation of exceptional gains and (3) future income to be derived from long-term contracts. We have considered tax-planning in assessing whether deferred tax assets should be recognized.

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2005, the Group has recorded a € 162 million deferred tax liability and € 379 million of deferred tax assets reflecting management’s estimates.

 

 

 

Post employment benefits

 

 

 

 

The Group’s determination of its pension and post-retirement benefits obligations and expense for post employment benefit plans is dependent on the use of certain assumptions used by actuaries in calculating such amounts. These assumptions are described in Note 26 to our consolidated financial statements and include, among others, the discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and annual rate of increase in future compensation levels. Our assumptions regarding pension and post-retirement benefits obligations include, among others, discount rates and rates of future increase in compensation and are based on actual historical experience and external data.

 

 

 

 

The assumptions regarding the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets are determined by taking into account, for each country where the Group has a plan, the distribution of investments and the long-term rate of return expected for each of its components. The capital markets experience fluctuations that cause downward/upward pressure and higher volatility. As a result, short-term valuation of related plan assets are decreasing/increasing, which effect is to increase/decrease the present value of the pension and post-retirement obligation. While Thomson’s management believes that the assumptions used are appropriate, significant differences in actual experiences or significant changes in the assumptions may materially affect our pension and post-retirement benefits obligations under such plans and related future expense.

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2005 the post-employment benefits liability amounted to € 939 million, while the present value of the obligation amounted to € 1,112 million and the fair value of plan assets amounted to € 183 million. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Group recognized € 52 million of expenses related to such liability.

 

 

 

Capital gain on exchange of non-monetary assets

 

 

 

 

On July 31, 2004, Thomson entered into a transaction with TCL, by which Thomson has contributed its TV manufacturing business to a new incorporated entity, TCL-Thomson Electronics (TTE), in exchange of a non-controlling interest in this entity. TCL had the control of TTE from that date.

 

 

 

 

Thomson has assessed this capital gain as being the difference between the fair value and the carrying amount of the exchanged assets less the portion of that gain represented by the economic interest retained by the Group.

 

 

 

 

Although, in order to determine the fair value of the business given up, the Group’s management has used certain valuation techniques for which assumptions retained have impacted the fair value of the business given up and therefore the capital gain recognized, the Group set up a measurement process that has involved an external appraiser using several methodologies, of which one is based on external available information.

- 26 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

Impairment tests of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives

 

 

 

 

We review annually goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 2 above. Such review requires management to make material judgments and estimates when performing impairment tests.

 

Thomson’s management believes its policies relating to such impairment testing are critical accounting policies involving critical accounting estimates because determining the recoverable amount of reporting units requires (1) determining the appropriate discount rate to be used to discount future expected cash flow of the cash-generating unit, (2) estimating the terminal value of each free cash flow computed, (3) estimating the growth rate of the revenues generated by the assets tested for impairment and (4) estimating the operating margin rates of underlying assets for related future periods.

 

These assumptions used by the Group for the determination of the recoverable amount of its assets are described in Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements and are based on actual historical experience and external data. In estimating the future revenues growth rates, operating margin rates and operational cash flow generated by a particular asset, the Group used its internal budget for each reporting unit, which is updated every six months and which models cash flows for the next five-year period.

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2005 the net book value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets amounted to € 1,756 million and € 257 million, respectively.

 

Thomson performed an annual impairment test in 2005, which did not result in any impairment charge of these assets. Based on differences observed between the carrying amount and recoverable amount of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets (“Tested Assets”), the increase by one point in the discount rate or the decrease by one point of the perpetual growth rate would not have resulted in an impairment loss.

 

 

 

Impairment test of the equity investment in TCL Multimedia

 

 

 

 

The Group reviews for impairment an investment in associate when a triggering event occurs during a period. The criteria used to determine whether there is a triggering event is based on the fair value of the investment, when available, compared to its carrying amount. Then in the case management estimates a triggering event occurred, management needs to assess the recoverable amount of the related investment. As defined under IFRS, the recoverable amount is the higher of (i) the fair value and (ii) the value in use.

 

As a consequence, Thomson’s management is required to (i) estimate whether a triggering event occurred during the period under review and (ii) assess the recoverable amount of the investment, when required. Management has therefore to make significant judgment when assessing the recoverable amount of its investment accounted for using the equity method in TCL Multimedia.

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2005, Thomson’s management determined that a triggering event occurred because the market value of its investment in TCL Multimedia was below its carrying amount. Thomson’s management has therefore assessed the recoverable amount of this investment.

 

In order to determine the value in use of its investment in TCL Multimedia, Thomson calculated, based on information provided by the management of TCL Multimedia, the present value of future cash flows expected to be derived from the business of TCL Multimedia through its current business. In order to assess the present value of related cash flows, Thomson used a 9.2% discount rate and a perpetual growth rate of 2.3%.

 

 

 

 

As a result of the impairment test, Thomson recognized a € 63 million impairment for the period ended December 31, 2005 on the carrying amount of its investment in TCL Multimedia (net book value as of December 31, 2005 of € 193 million).

- 27 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

Provisions and litigations

 

 

 

 

Thomson’s management makes judgments about provisions and contingencies, including the probability of pending and potential future litigation outcomes that in nature are dependent on future events that are inherently uncertain. In making its determinations of likely outcomes of litigation and tax matters etc, management considers the evaluation of outside counsel knowledgeable about each matter, as well as known outcomes in case law. Refer to Note 35 for a description of the significant litigation.

 

 

 

Measurement of conversion option embedded in certain convertible debt

 

 

 

 

On September 16, 2004, Thomson issued certain subordinated bonds that are (1) redeemable in US dollars or (2) convertible into newly issued ordinary shares or existing ordinary shares (or a combination of both), which, at the option of the bondholders, may be delivered in the form of American Deposit Shares evidencing such ordinary shares (the "Bonds"). The embedded conversion option has been bifurcated and accounted for separately within long-term liabilities.

 

 

 

 

The conversion option and the debt component are recognized at fair value at inception. Subsequent changes in the fair value of the embedded derivative have been charged to the statement of operations under IFRS.

 

 

 

 

As such Thomson’s management is required to make significant estimates in order to measure the fair value of the conversion option that has been bifurcated from the bonds.

 

 

 

 

The measurement process comprises the determination, using an option instrument measurement model, such as the Black & Scholes or Binomial models. Main inputs relate to the discounted volatility of Thomson shares on the stock exchange, Thomson share closing prices and the exchange rate as of measurement date.

 

 

 

 

The fair value of the embedded conversion option bifurcated from the debt component of the convertible debt instrument amounted to € 45 million at inception. Subsequent increase in fair value and amortization of the discount required Thomson to recognize a net non cash financial gain amounting to € 86 million in 2005 (comprising a gain of € 94 million and a loss of € 8 million on discount amortization) and a loss amounting to € 85 million in 2004. However, since IAS 32 and 39 apply only from January 1, 2005, the loss incurred from inception to December 31, 2004 has been charged against retained earnings.

- 28 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

5

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE SCOPE OF CONSOLIDATION

 

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, Thomson’s consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations include the accounts of companies listed in Note 38. The following is a summary of the number of companies consolidated and accounted for under the full consolidation method, the equity method and the proportionate consolidation method.


 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Europe
(except
France)

 

France

 

US

 

Others

 

Europe
(except
France)

 

France

 

US

 

Others

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Number of companies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent company and consolidated subsidiaries

 

 

78

 

 

40

 

 

27

 

 

63

 

 

69

 

 

37

 

 

27

 

 

60

 

Companies consolidated under the proportionate method

 

 

15

 

 

5

 

 

11

 

 

1

 

 

17

 

 

5

 

 

10

 

 

1

 

Companies accounted for under the equity method

 

 

—  

 

 

3

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

1

 

 

3

 

 

2

 

 

3

 

 

 


 


 

Sub-total

 

 

93

 

 

48

 

 

40

 

 

66

 

 

87

 

 

45

 

 

39

 

 

64

 

 

 


 


 

Total

 

247

 

235

 

 

 


 


 

Changes in 2005

 

 

 

 

(a)     Main acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

On February 4, 2005, Thomson Holding Germany GmbH & Co. OHG purchased 100% of the German company “MediaSec Technologies GmbH”, a pioneer in digital watermarking and copy detection technologies, with a strong portfolio of patents and software products. The consideration paid amounted to € 4 million.  This company has been accounted for by the purchase method and is fully consolidated from that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On March 14, 2005, Thomson acquired a 25% interest in ContentGuard Holdings, Inc., for an amount of USD 27 million. Following certain agreement with other shareholders Thomson has 33% control over the entity. ContentGuard is a developer of Digital Rights Management (DRM) technologies. Microsoft and Time Warner own the same percentage. This company is consolidated under proportionate consolidated method from that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On March 29, 2005, Thomson acquired 100% of Inventel, a leading provider of innovative voice and data solutions to telecom operators and Internet Service Providers (ISP). Combining Inventel’s expertise with Thomson’s world leading positions in DSL and video technologies and solutions, will enable the Group to expand its customer base, market reach and ranges of multiple-play gateways.

 

 

The acquisition was performed for a total consideration of € 146 million as follows:

 

 

 

-

€ 81 million paid in cash at closing date

 

 

 

-

€ 65 million paid or to be paid in Thomson shares as follows:

 

 

 

 

2,351,648 shares delivered at closing date (€ 49 million)

 

 

 

 

712,498 shares to be delivered in different instalments from 2006 to 2008 and subject to any price adjustments (€ 14 million)

 

 

 

 

87,074 shares to be delivered on June 30, 2006 and 2007 depending on earn-out conditions (€ 2 million).

 

 

Thomson may be required to make a subsequent payment in shares to the sellers as compensation for any reduction below a threshold in the value of shares to be delivered.

- 29 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

 

In addition a maximum number of 1,760,000 shares are granted at a cost of € 20.72 per share depending on retention conditions and vest 50% from July 1, 2006 until September 30, 2007 and 50% from July 1, 2007 until February 29, 2008. Such number of shares may decrease to cap to € 8.8 million the total possible gain for the stock holder for each of the two vesting dates.

 

 

The company is fully consolidated from March 29, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On April 20, 2005, Thomson acquired 100% of Cirpack, a French based company. Cirpack has a key softswitch technology expertise that allows telecom operators to drive voice, data and video convergence in IP networks.

 

 

The acquisition was performed for a total consideration of € 82 million as follows:

 

 

 

-

€ 40 million paid in cash at closing date

 

 

 

-

€ 42 million to be paid in Thomson shares as follows:

 

 

 

 

1,050,878  shares to be delivered on April 20, 2006

 

 

 

 

1,050,878  shares to be delivered on April 20, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomson may be required to make a subsequent payment in shares to the seller as compensation for any reduction below a threshold in the value of shares to be delivered.

 

 

In addition a maximum number of 2,101,756 shares are granted at a cost of € 20.23 per share depending on retention conditions and vest 50% in April 2006 and 50% in April 2007. Such number of shares may decrease to cap to €14 million the total possible gain for the stock holder.

 

 

The company is fully consolidated from April 20, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On June 17, 2005, Thomson acquired 73% of Nextamp a French company specialized in the protection of video content with technologies known as watermarking for a total consideration of € 7 million paid in cash. An additional 1% has been acquired in September 2005.

 

 

The remainder of the 16% will be purchased at a later date and at the latest on June 30, 2006 at a price depending on the evolution of the results of the company in 2005. The purchase price will be also increased by the issuance of specific warrant (Bons de Créateur d’Entreprise / BCE).

 

 

The total cost of the planned purchase is expected to amount to € 9 million.

 

 

This acquisition follows a first instep by Thomson made in 2004 with the acquisition of 10% of the capital.

 

 

Nextamp is based in Rennes (France) developing software based on key patents filed in the field of watermarking. This technology allows the encryption of a digital code in the video content which allows identification of the original source of any copy.

 

 

The company is fully consolidated from June 17, 2005 and the amount due to minority shareholders is recorded as a debt and the counterpart is in goodwill.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On July 27, 2005, Thomson announced the acquisition of PRN Corporation, the leader in the fast-growing market of out-of-home video advertising network. This acquisition furthers Thomson’s expansion into the implementation and management of video networks for a broad range of customers spanning broadcasters, cinemas and now retailers. The purchase price is USD 299 million paid in cash, including a normalized level of working capital. PRN will be a part of Thomson's Network Operations Services business unit in the Services division.

 

 

The company is fully consolidated from August 26, 2005.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On October 27, 2005, Thomson acquired 51% of VCF Thématiques. The investment took the form of a capital increase by € 17 million and allows Thomson and the previous owner of VCF Thématiques, the VCF Group, a subsidiary of Euro Media TV, to further develop their broadcast playout activities. VCF Thématiques is a leading provider of playout services to TV channels in France, broadcasting more than 1,000 hours of programs a day.

 

 

According to the shareholder’s agreement, Thomson may purchase and may be required to purchase the remainder of the 49% from June 2006, at a price depending on the evolution of the results of the company.

 

 

The company will be part of Thomson's Network Operations Services business unit in the Services division. It is fully consolidated from October 27, 2005 and the optional amount due to the minority shareholder is recorded as a debt estimated at around € 16 million.

- 30 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

On December 31, 2005, Thomson purchased Thales Broadcast & Multimedia (TBM) for an amount paid of approximately € 133 million (of which € 64 million for the repayment of current accounts due by acquired affiliates to Thales). The price is subject to adjustment depending on the level of working capital and cash at the acquisition date, as determined in the contract. This acquisition follows the announcement of a strategic partnership between Thomson and Thales (a leading electronic group), specifically in the domain of high-video content management.

 

 

 

 

 

Due to the complexity of the business acquired, the identification and evaluation of the intangible assets require experts’ appraisal, which prevents the Group from providing finalized purchase price allocation at the closing date. Consequently, for all the acquisitions mentioned above, the purchase price allocation exercise will be completed, as required within 12 months of the acquisitions, and so is not yet finalized. The provisional fair values and the provisional goodwill arising from transactions mentioned above are as follows:


(€ in millions)

 

Acquirees’
carrying amount
before
combination

 

Fair value
adjustments

 

Fair value
(provisional)

 


 



 



 



 

Net assets acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

27

 

 

—  

 

 

27

 

Intangible assets

 

 

4

 

 

129

 

 

133

 

Inventories

 

 

46

 

 

5

 

 

51

 

Trade receivables

 

 

110

 

 

2

 

 

112

 

Other assets

 

 

21

 

 

(5

)

 

16

 

Bank and cash balances

 

 

61

 

 

1

 

 

62

 

Provisions

 

 

(24

)

 

—  

 

 

(24

)

Trade payables

 

 

(89

)

 

3

 

 

(86

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(79

)

 

20

 

 

(59

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

—  

 

 

(50

)

 

(50

)

 

 



 



 



 

Total net assets acquired

 

 

77

 

 

105

 

 

182

 

 

 



 



 



 

Purchase consideration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

627

 

Direct costs relating to the acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Total purchase consideration paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Goodwill (provisional amount as of  December 31, 2005)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 


 

 

The goodwill is mainly attributable to patents, technologies and knowledge acquired and the anticipated future synergies within the Group.

- 31 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

 

The contribution to the Group of the acquired businesses for the period from their related acquisition dates to the year ended December 31, 2005 is the following:


(€ in millions)  

 

Year ended
December 31,
2005

 


 



 

Contribution in revenue

 

 

222

 

Contribution in profit from continuing operations before tax and finance costs

 

 

15

 


 

 

 

 

In 2005 up until their related acquisition dates, these acquisitions had revenue of € 299 million and a loss from continuing operations before tax and finance costs of € 8 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)     Main disposals concluded

 

 

 

 

On February 28, 2005, Thomson transferred its tube production site at Anagni, Italy, to the Indian Group Videocon, a leader in consumer electronics in India, for a consideration of € 10 and committed to recapitalize the sold company with € 103 million in cash as of the transaction date and a further € 85 million at the first anniversary date.

 

 

 

 

On June 28, 2005, Thomson signed an agreement for the sale of its Tubes activities in China (Foshan and Dongguan sites), Mexico (Mexicali) and Poland (Piaseczno) as well as some related research and development and sales, marketing and administrative functions, to Indian group Videocon.

 

 

Definitive agreement occurred on September 30, 2005. Thomson received a cash payment of € 240 million for its Tubes activities and technology. Thomson has also invested € 240 million in Videocon Industries, a company mainly active in oil and gas, consumer electronics products and home appliances. This investment was effected in the form of Global Depositary Receipt listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.  The price is subject to adjustment clauses normal for this type of agreement.

 

 

The shareholder agreement between Thomson and certain members of the Dhoot family, signed on September 30, 2005, provides certain rights and obligations among the parties, for so long as Thomson holds at least 3% of the outstanding shares of Videocon Industries.  Thomson may not transfer any shares until September 30, 2008, subject to certain exceptions, which are notably i) Thomson may monetize or hedge the risk associated with the shares in accordance with customary market practice, or otherwise use the shares to support a financing, in each case so long as it retains title to the shares until September 30, 2008, ii) Thomson may enter into share lending arrangements, and iii) Thomson may sell up to 10% of its holding under various conditions.

 

 

The total impact of this disposal is a consolidated loss totalling € 97 million.

 

 

Refer to Note 11 on Discontinued Operations for further information.

 

 

 

 

On June 30, 2005, Thomson entered into an agreement under which the Spanish glass group Rioglass will take over its glass cathode ray tubes glass activity, Videoglass, located at Bagneaux-sur-Loing in France. Rioglass will set up a glass-conversion activity for the automotive industry on the site. Rioglass specializes in glass parts for the car and transport industries.

 

 

Definitive agreement occurred on December 23, 2005. Thomson is committed to certain future payments to Rioglass that have been recorded in Thomson 2005 consolidated financial statements. The total impact of this disposal is a consolidated loss totalling € 89 million.

 

 

 

 

 

Refer to Note 11 on Discontinued Operations for further information.

- 32 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

 

For all the disposals mentioned above, the carrying amounts of the net assets as of the date of disposal were as follows:


(€ in millions)

 

Carrying amount
as of the date of
disposal

 


 



 

Net assets disposed of

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

264

 

Intangible assets

 

 

1

 

Inventories

 

 

161

 

Trade receivables

 

 

169

 

Other assets

 

 

45

 

Bank and cash balances

 

 

225

 

Provisions

 

 

(77

)

Trade payables

 

 

(200

)

Financial Liability

 

 

(12

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(104

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(4

)

 

 



 

Total net assets disposed of

 

 

468

 

 

 



 

Disposal consideration

 

 

 

 

Cash consideration received

 

 

240

 

Deferred consideration

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 

Total disposal price

 

 

240

 

 

 



 

Gain/ (loss) on share disposed of

 

 

(228

)

 

 



 


 

 

 

 

(c)     Other 2005 changes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As part of the transaction with TCL Multimedia Technology Holdings Ltd regarding TTE, Thomson entered into an exchange option agreement which enables Thomson to exchange its 33% investment in TTE against 29.32% in TCL Multimedia Technology Holdings Ltd, the new parent of TTE. The exchange occurred on August 10, 2005.

 

 

 

This transaction has been analyzed as an exchange without commercial substance and therefore accounted for at carrying value. The investment remains presented under the equity method.

 

 

 

The investment is subject to a full lock-up period until July 2007. After that date, Thomson is allowed, depending on various conditions, to sell between 25% and 33% of its shares in 2007/2008 and between 25% and 33% of its shares in 2008/2009. After July 2009, no lock-up clause will remain.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)     Main acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On January 7, 2004, Thomson completed the acquisition of the Tubes division of the Chinese company Xinyuan Highway Development (known by the name of "Fortune"). This activity is fully consolidated from that date. Concurrently with this operation, Thomson increased its ownership in Thomson Guangdong Display Co. Ltd. to 77%.

- 33 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

On April 20, 2004, Thomson acquired International Recording, a Rome-based company specializing in creating multiple foreign language versions for theatrical and broadcast content, as well as for video games. This company is fully consolidated from that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On May 12, 2004, Thomson acquired Command Post, a leading Canadian provider of video/audio post-production and film services for the North American motion picture industry. This company is fully consolidated from that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On May 15, 2004, Thomson acquired the video division of ParkerVision, a pioneer of live television production automation systems. This activity is fully consolidated from that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On June 11, 2004, Thomson acquired from Beijing C&W Electronics (Group) Co. Ltd. the 45% minority interest owned in Thomson Zhao Wei Multimedia Co., Ltd. (People’s Republic of China). Thomson already held the other 55%, as well as joint control. This company then formed part of the TV business contributed by Thomson to "TCL-Thomson Electronics" (TTE) in July 2004.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On June 16, 2004, Thomson acquired from Alcatel the 25% minority interest owned in Nextream S.A. Thomson already held the other 75%, together with the management control. Nextream which was fully consolidated is now 100% held by the Group.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On June 18, 2004, Thomson acquired Madrid Film SL, also known as Madrid Film Group, the largest film and post-production operation in Spain. This company is fully consolidated from that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On June 24, 2004, Thomson acquired the HNS’ set-top box manufacturing assets of Hughes Network Systems (the manufacturing activity of Direct TV Group) and signed concurrently an agreement for the long-term development and supply of digital satellite set-top boxes (STBs). This activity is fully consolidated from that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On July 19, 2004, Thomson acquired Gyration, a Silicon Valley technology company that has developed a line of next-generation user-interface (UI) devices using proprietary technology based on gyroscopes. The technology is currently incorporated in a variety of hand-held UI devices, mainly for personal computers (PCs). This company is fully consolidated from that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On July 31, 2004, Thomson and TCL combined their respective TV assets in a new company, TTE, of which Thomson holds 33% and TCL 67%. See more detail in b) “Main disposals concluded”. Thomson has neither control nor joint control of TCL-Thomson Electronics and consolidates TCL-THOMSON ELECTRONICS under the equity method from July 31, 2004. The TV activity before July 31, 2004 is presented under full consolidation method. Thomson accounted the contribution of its TV business as a disposal and booked the 33% interest in TCL-Thomson Electronics TCL-Thomson Electronics CL-Thomson Electronics as an acquisition.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On October 27, 2004, Thomson acquired 77.61% in Corinthian Television Facilities Limited (UK). Corinthian is one of Europe’s leading broadcast television facilities companies providing live studios, graphics, video, audio production and post-production and transmission playout to major international broadcasters through long term contracts. This company is fully consolidated from that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On November 4, 2004, Thomson acquired a 50% interest in Beijing Nokia CITIC Digital Technology Co Ltd. This company is mainly engaged in the production of digital multimedia terminals for reception of digital broadcasting and interactive services via satellite, cable, terrestrial and telecom networks and related products and systems for digital Internet services. The company is consolidated under the pro rata method from that date.

- 34 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

On November 18, 2004, Thomson acquired EADS DCS (Defense and Communication Systems) Video Over Internet Protocol (IP) activity, specialised in the integration of video over IP systems, which enables seamless access to voice, data and video content. This activity is fully consolidated from that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On December 9, 2004, Thomson acquired “The Moving Picture Company” (MPC).  MPC is a London (UK) provider of visual effects and post-production services to both the motion picture and commercial advertising industries. This company is fully consolidated from that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the main acquisitions mentioned above (except from the transactions with minority interests) the carrying amounts of the net assets acquired in the transactions, their fair values and the goodwill arising are as follows:


(€ in millions)

 

Acquirees’
carrying amount
before
combination

 

Fair value
adjustments

 

Fair value

 


 



 



 



 

Net assets acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

71

 

 

(28

)

 

43

 

Intangible assets

 

 

186

 

 

22

 

 

208

 

Inventories

 

 

4

 

 

1

 

 

5

 

Trade receivables

 

 

20

 

 

(1

)

 

19

 

Other assets

 

 

5

 

 

20

 

 

25

 

Bank and cash balances

 

 

13

 

 

—  

 

 

13

 

Provisions

 

 

(3

)

 

(1

)

 

(4

)

Financial liability

 

 

(51

)

 

11

 

 

(40

)

Trade payables

 

 

(20

)

 

(1

)

 

(21

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(21

)

 

(7

)

 

(28

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

2

 

 

(6

)

 

(4

)

 

 



 



 



 

Total net assets acquired

 

 

206

 

 

10

 

 

216

 

 

 



 



 



 

Purchase consideration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

318

 

Direct costs relating to the acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Total purchase consideration paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

321

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 


 

 

The goodwill is mainly attributable to technologies and knowledge acquired and the anticipated future synergies within the Group.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In 2004 up until their related acquisition dates, these acquisitions had revenue of € 297 million and a profit from continuing operations before tax and finance costs of € 20 million.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)     Main disposals concluded and in process

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On March 23, 2004, Thomson sold to the Taiwanese company, Foxconn, its optical pick-up manufacturing activity located in China within Thomson OKMCO Shenzen Co. Ltd. As of December 31, 2005, Thomson has stopped its research, product development and selling activities in this business.

- 35 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

On June 25, 2004, in order to complete the agreements signed in 2003 concerning Canal Plus Technologies and the sale of the MediaGuard™  business to Kudelski, Thomson sold to Kudelski 50% of its shares into Canal Plus Technologies to form a joint venture in the field of the conditional access systems patents, which is consolidated under the pro rata method from that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On July 31, 2004, Thomson and TCL combined their respective TV assets in a new company, TTE, of which Thomson holds 33% and TCL 67%. Thomson contributed its industrial TV assets mainly located in Mexico, Poland and Thailand as well as its R&D centres located in the US, Germany and Singapore. The new company “TCL-Thomson Electronics”(TTE) is licensed by Thomson for certain intellectual properties (trademarks and patents) and will exclusively use Thomson services for the distribution of TV sets in Europe and in the US, Thomson acting as an agent.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On September 22, 2004, Thomson sold its 19.9% interest in Total Technology Company Limited. Before that date, the company was consolidated under the equity method.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On December 10, 2004, Thomson sold its 36% interest in Keymro. The company that was proportionally consolidated is no more consolidated from that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On December 31, 2004, Thomson sold Thomson Servicios Corporativos S.A de C.V, a set-top box manufacturing company in Mexico to Elcoteq. The activity before December 31, 2004 was fully consolidated.

- 36 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

 

For all the disposals mentioned above, the carrying amounts of the net assets as of the date of disposal and as of January 1, 2004 were as follows:


(€ in millions)

 

Carrying amount
as of the date of
disposal

 

Carrying amount as of January 1, 2004

 


 



 



 

Net assets disposed of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

142

 

 

147

 

Intangible assets

 

 

3

 

 

3

 

Inventories

 

 

211

 

 

211

 

Trade receivables

 

 

98

 

 

74

 

Other assets

 

 

74

 

 

51

 

Bank and cash balances

 

 

15

 

 

24

 

Provisions

 

 

(19

)

 

(33

)

Trade payables

 

 

(180

)

 

(131

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(100

)

 

(121

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(10

)

 

(2

)

 

 



 



 

Total net assets disposed of

 

 

234

 

 

223

 

 

 



 



 

Disposal consideration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash consideration received

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

Deferred consideration

 

 

—  

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

Total disposal price

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

TTE shares received

 

 

308

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 

- 37 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

6

INFORMATION BY BUSINESS SEGMENTS AND BY GEOGRAPHIC AREAS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomson announced in November 2004 its new organization in order to align the Company’s overall structure to delivering its 2006 targets. Thomson thus implemented a stable, simple and flexible organizational and management structure as of January 1, 2005 with three Strategic Business Units (SBU) based on its core Media & Entertainment activities. The three SBU’s are:

 

 

-

Services: end-to-end management of business-critical services:

 

 

 

Physical media: DVD and CD replication and distribution, VHS duplication and distribution, film printing,

 

 

 

Electronic media: post production, Archiving, Media Asset Management, VoD, Digital Cinema

 

 

 

Network Services: Out-of-home advertising, play-out and other related services.

 

 

-

Systems & Equipment:

 

 

 

Broadcast & Networks

 

 

 

Access, Platforms & Gateways

 

 

 

Connectivity

 

 

-

Technology: development and monetization of technology

 

 

 

Research

 

 

 

Licensing of patents and trademarks

 

 

 

Silicon solutions: IC design, Tuners and remotes

 

 

 

Software and technology solutions: Security, Imaging and Networking Software Services.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its remaining continuing but non-core activities including its holdings in TCL and Videocon industries are regrouped under its Displays & Consumer Electronics Partnerships segment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unallocated activities mainly comprising corporate functions are grouped under Corporate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

This organization is the basis on which the Group reports its primary segment information.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Group has five geographic segments, including France, rest of Europe, US, rest of Americas and Asia/Pacific.

- 38 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

Information by business segments

(€ in millions)

 

Services

 

Systems &
Equipment

 

Technology

 

Displays & CE
Partnerships

 

Corporate

 

Consolidation
Adjustments

 

Total

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2005

 

Income statement items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales to external customers (1)

 

 

2,487

 

 

2,355

 

 

546

 

 

263

 

 

40

 

 

—  

 

 

5,691

 

Intersegment sales

 

 

1

 

 

6

 

 

37

 

 

1

 

 

113

 

 

(158

)

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Amortization of customer relationships (2)

 

 

(27

)

 

(25

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(52

)

Other depreciation and amortization (2)

 

 

(299

)

 

(59

)

 

(13

)

 

(15

)

 

(4

)

 

—  

 

 

(390

)

Other significant non-cash expenses (g)

 

 

(26

)

 

(49

)

 

(3

)

 

(45

)

 

(26

)

 

—  

 

 

(149

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Profit (loss) from continuing operations before interest and financial result (3)

 

 

205

 

 

102

 

 

277

 

 

(123

)

 

(79

)

 

—  

 

 

382

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Profit/(loss) from associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(82

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(82

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Profit (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

—  

 

 

(34

)

 

(39

)

 

(676

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(749

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance sheet items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating segment assets (b)

 

 

2,123

 

 

1,241

 

 

175

 

 

108

 

 

37

 

 

—  

 

 

3,684

 

Goodwill

 

 

1,107

 

 

621

 

 

28

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

1,756

 

Other segment assets

 

 

460

 

 

465

 

 

130

 

 

127

 

 

818

 

 

—  

 

 

2,000

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total segment assets (c)

 

 

3,690

 

 

2,327

 

 

333

 

 

235

 

 

855

 

 

—  

 

 

7,440

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Interests in associates

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

4

 

 

197

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

204

 

Unallocated assets (d)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Total consolidated assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,860

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment liabilities

 

 

793

 

 

1,448

 

 

376

 

 

661

 

 

831

 

 

—  

 

 

4,109

 

Unallocated liabilities (e)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Total consolidated liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,644

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures (a)

 

 

(134

)

 

(96

)

 

(23

)

 

(7

)

 

(7

)

 

—  

 

 

(267

)

Capital employed (f)

 

 

1,745

 

 

555

 

 

22

 

 

76

 

 

(50

)

 

—  

 

 

2,348

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



(1)

The Services, Systems & Equipment and Technology segments generate substantially all of their revenues respectively from sale of services, sale of goods and royalties.

(2)

These figures, converted at average rate only relate to continuing operations and include amortization of customer advances (in “other depreciation and amortization”).

(3)

This profit line does not include intercompany items.

 

 

(a)

Amounts before the net change in debt related to capital expenditure payables of € (27) million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

(b)

Amounts include advances to suppliers and to customers.

(c)

Segment assets include all operating assets used by a segment and consist principally of operating cash, receivables, inventories, property plant and equipment and goodwill, net of depreciation and provisions. Amounts include advances to suppliers. Segment assets do not include income tax assets.

(d)

Unallocated assets include mainly financial assets, current accounts with affiliated companies, tax assets and assets available-for-sale.

(e)

Unallocated liabilities include mainly financial and tax liabilities and liabilities classified as held for sale.

(f)

Capital employed is defined as being the aggregate of net tangible and intangible assets (excluding goodwill), operating working capital and other current assets and liabilities (excluding reserves, together with those related to employee benefits, tax, Payables on acquisition of companies and debt to suppliers of fixed assets).

(g)

Significant non-cash expenses include mainly net variation of provisions without cash impact.

- 39 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(€ in millions)

 

Services

 

Systems &
Equipment

 

Technology

 

Displays & CE
Partnerships
(*)

 

Corporate

 

Consolidation
Adjustments

 

Total

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2004

 

Income statement items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales to external customers (1)

 

 

2,338

 

 

2,109

 

 

498

 

 

1,068

 

 

23

 

 

—  

 

 

6,036

 

Intersegment sales

 

 

2

 

 

9

 

 

41

 

 

9

 

 

144

 

 

(205

)

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Amortization of customer relationships (2)

 

 

(23

)

 

(12

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(35

)

Other depreciation and amortization (2)

 

 

(272

)

 

(43

)

 

(6

)

 

(28

)

 

(15

)

 

—  

 

 

(364

)

Other significant non-cash expenses (g)

 

 

(22

)

 

(58

)

 

(4

)

 

(72

)

 

(47

)

 

—  

 

 

(203

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Profit (loss) from continuing operations before interest and financial result (3)

 

 

227

 

 

121

 

 

302

 

 

(109

)

 

(75

)

 

—  

 

 

466

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Profit (loss) from associates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Profit (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

—  

 

 

20

 

 

(30

)

 

(875

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(885

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance sheet items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating segment assets (b)

 

 

1,775

 

 

1,079

 

 

88

 

 

732

 

 

48

 

 

—  

 

 

3,722

 

Net goodwill

 

 

832

 

 

332

 

 

14

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

1,178

 

Other segment assets

 

 

461

 

 

386

 

 

132

 

 

286

 

 

1,536

 

 

—  

 

 

2,801

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total segment assets (c)

 

 

3,068

 

 

1,797

 

 

234

 

 

1,018

 

 

1,584

 

 

—  

 

 

7,701

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Interests in associates

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

5

 

 

252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

260

 

Unallocated assets (d)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

594

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Total consolidated assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,555

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment liabilities

 

 

600

 

 

905

 

 

332

 

 

896

 

 

647

 

 

—  

 

 

3,380

 

Unallocated liabilities (e)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,682

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Total consolidated liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,062

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures (a)

 

 

(160

)

 

(72

)

 

(5

)

 

(36

)

 

(10

)

 

—  

 

 

(283

)

Capital employed (f)

 

 

1,539

 

 

441

 

 

(99

)

 

415

 

 

(31

)

 

—  

 

 

2,265

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



(*)

Includes the TV business up to the sale date, July 31, 2004 for € 845 million in net sales.

(1)

The Services, Systems & Equipment and Technology segments generate substantially all of their revenues respectively from sale of services, sale of goods and royalties.

(2)

These figures, converted at average rate only relate to continuing operations and include amortization of customer advances (in “other depreciation and amortization”).

(3)

This profit line does not include intercompany items.

(a)

Amounts before the net change in debt related to capital expenditure payables of € (3) million for the year ended December 31, 2004.

(b)

Amounts include advances to suppliers and to customers.

(c)

Segment assets include all operating assets used by a segment and consist principally of operating cash, receivables, inventories, property plant and equipment and goodwill, net of depreciation and provisions. Amounts include advances to suppliers. Segment assets do not include income tax assets.

(d)

Unallocated assets include mainly financial assets, current accounts with affiliated companies, tax assets and assets available-for-sale.

(e)

Unallocated liabilities include mainly financial and tax liabilities and liabilities classified as held for sale.

(f)

Capital employed is defined as being the aggregate of net tangible and intangible assets (excluding goodwill), operating working capital and other current assets and liabilities (excluding reserves, together with those related to employee benefits, tax, Payables on acquisition of companies and debt to suppliers of fixed assets).

(g)

Significant non-cash expenses include mainly net variation of provisions without cash impact.

- 40 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

Information by geographical areas

(€ in millions)

 

France

 

Rest of
Europe

 

US

 

Rest of
Americas

 

Asia/Pacific

 

Elimination

 

Total

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales to external customers (1)

 

 

1,365

 

 

1,141

 

 

2,483

 

 

408

 

 

294

 

 

—  

 

 

5,691

 

Profit from continuing operations before tax and financial result (2)

 

 

185

 

 

93

 

 

39

 

 

27

 

 

38

 

 

—  

 

 

382

 

Segment assets

 

 

1,840

 

 

1,170

 

 

3,574

 

 

411

 

 

445

 

 

—  

 

 

7,440

 

Capital expenditure

 

 

(73

)

 

(52

)

 

(120

)

 

(7

)

 

(15

)

 

—  

 

 

(267

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales to external customers (1)

 

 

1,412

 

 

1,096

 

 

2,902

 

 

362

 

 

264

 

 

—  

 

 

6,036

 

Profit from continuing operations before tax and financial result (2)

 

 

233

 

 

134

 

 

43

 

 

11

 

 

45

 

 

—  

 

 

466

 

Segment assets

 

 

2,009

 

 

1,420

 

 

3,012

 

 

435

 

 

825

 

 

—  

 

 

7,701

 

Capital expenditure

 

 

(41

)

 

(70

)

 

(124

)

 

(19

)

 

(29

)

 

—  

 

 

(283

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



(1)

Net sales and profit from continuing operations are classified by the location of the business that invoices the customer and therefore does not seek to represent “end-client activity”.

(2)

The variations of inter-company profits included in the inventories of the buying geographic area are deducted from or added to the profit of the selling area.

- 41 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

7

SELLING, GENERAL, ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES AND OTHERS


(€ in millions)

 

Year ended
December 31,
2005

 

Year ended
December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

 

(282

)

 

(326

)

General and administrative expenses

 

 

(373

)

 

(336

)

Other income (expense) (a)

 

 

(98

)

 

(70

)

 

 



 



 

Total Selling, general, administrative expenses and others

 

 

(753

)

 

(732

)

 

 



 



 

(a) The line “Other income (expense)” is detailed as follow:

(€ in millions)

 

Year ended
December 31,
2005

 

Year ended
December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 

Goodwill impairment charges (1)

 

 

—  

 

 

(12

)

Gain on disposal of fixed assets/investments

 

 

(1

)

 

—  

 

Restructuring expenses and long-lived asset write-offs (2)

 

 

(67

)

 

(79

)

Other

 

 

(30

)

 

21

 

 

 



 



 

Total other income (expense), net

 

 

(98

)

 

(70

)

 

 



 



 



(1)

Goodwill impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2004:

 

 

 

The € 12 million of goodwill impairment relate to (i) the Services Division for € (5) million and (ii) the Display and CE partnership Division for € (7) million.

 

 

(2)

Restructuring expenses and long-lived asset write-offs

 

 

 

a.

Restructuring expenses amount to € (51) million and € (70) million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively and are disclosed in Note 27

 

b.

Write off of long-lived assets amounts to € (16) million and € (9) million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

 

 

In 2005, Thomson has assessed that the carrying values of certain non current assets related to its Angers plant were above their recoverable value and therefore recognized a € 10 million charge.


8

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSE


(€ in millions)

 

Year ended
December 31,
2005

 

Year ended
December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 

Research and development expense gross

 

 

(287

)

 

(218

)

Capitalized development projects

 

 

65

 

 

21

 

Amortization of research and development intangible assets (*)

 

 

(24

)

 

(15

)

Subsidies

 

 

12

 

 

8

 

 

 



 



 

Research and development expense net

 

 

(234

)

 

(204

)

 

 



 



 



(*)

The Group records the amortization expense for capitalized research and development projects under “research and development expense” except for such amortization related to projects which have passed into the production, marketing and selling phase which is classified in “Cost of sales”.

- 42 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

9

FINANCIAL RESULT


(€ in millions)

 

Year ended
December 31,
2005

 

Year ended
December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 

Interest income

 

 

30

 

 

52

 

Interest expense

 

 

(108

)

 

(54

)

 

 



 



 

Interest (expense) income, net (1)

 

 

(78

)

 

(2

)

 

 



 



 

Financial component of pension plan expenses

 

 

(29

)

 

(35

)

Other financial charges (1)

 

 

(7

)

 

(21

)

Exchange profit (loss) (3)

 

 

(22

)

 

21

 

Fair value on financial instrument (loss)

 

 

(8

)

 

—  

 

Change in fair value of the SLP USD convertible debt (2)

 

 

94

 

 

—  

 

Other

 

 

(4

)

 

8

 

 

 



 



 

Other financial expense, net

 

 

24

 

 

(27

)

 

 



 



 

Total financial result

 

 

(54

)

 

(29

)

 

 



 



 



(1)

Prepaid bank fees on debts issued are included, according to IAS 32 and 39 applied as from January 1st 2005, in the effective interest rate on debts. In 2005, prepaid bank fees are reclassified from “Other financial charges” (2004 classification) in “interest expense”.

(2)

As explained in Note 2, an embedded derivative is accounted for separately from the debt for the Silver Lake US dollar convertible.  Because the group adopted IAS 32 and 39 from January 1, 2005, the change in fair value from inception date (September 2004) to December 31, 2004 is presented in equity for € (85) million. The change in fair value of the option from January 1, 2005 is then reflected in financial result for € 94 million. The impact of change in currency rate on the debt amounts to € (11) million (see below).

(3)

Including € (11) million of exchange loss related to the embedded derivative of the SLP USD convertible.

- 43 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

10

INCOME TAX

 

 

 

 

          Pursuant to the provisions of the French Tax Code (article 209 quinquies) and in accordance with a tax agreement from the French Tax Authorities dated November 6, 2002, Thomson S.A. now files a worldwide consolidated tax return (hereafter referred to as the “Regime”).

 

 

 

 

          This Regime provides that the basis for income tax computation of the parent company includes the taxable result of French and foreign entities more than 50% owned (the “Foreign Entities”). Within certain limits, the French Tax Code allows for the reduction of the taxable income of profitable companies by offsetting taxable losses of other entities. Also French income tax payable, as determined by the method described above, allows for the application of foreign taxes due in local jurisdictions and related to foreign entities more than 50% owned, to be applied as a credit to income taxes due in France.

 

 

 

 

          The Regime which applied for a period of 5 years starting January 1st 2001 until December 31st 2005 has not been renewed for the next period starting January 1st 2006. Therefore the last Regime tax return for the year 2005 will be filed in November 2006. The impacts of the Regime are taken into account in the 2005 and previous years accounts.

 

 

 

 

          The Group current tax charge amounted to € 42 million in 2005, compared with € 91 million in 2004. This tax charge is notably the result of current taxes occurring in the United Kingdom, Mexico, Australia, Canada and the Netherlands, as well as withholding taxes on income earned by our Licensing division, which, because of the existing tax losses, cannot be credited against taxes payable in France and in the USA and are thus booked as an income tax charge.

 

 

 

 

          In 2005, Thomson booked a net deferred tax charge of € 28 million, explained mainly by: (i) a partial recognition of deferred tax assets in respect of Thomson’s French losses due to the disposal of Displays taking into consideration the anticipated profits of the Telecom and Licensing businesses for € 51 million and (ii) the de-recognition of € 77 million of deferred tax assets in the USA reflecting a lower than previously anticipated profitability in that country.

 

 

 

 

          In 2004, the current income tax charge amounted to € 21 million in France (withholding taxes on licensing revenue) and € 70 million abroad, of which the U.K. accounts for € 17 million, Mexico for € 10 million, Australia for € 8 million and Netherlands for € 7 million.

 

 

 

 

          In 2004, Thomson booked a net deferred tax liability of € 2 million. The recognition of deferred tax assets in respect of Thomson’s US operations amounted for € 83 million. A € 57 million allowance on deferred tax assets was booked in France because of the anticipated impact of the 2005 “Loi des Finances” which reduces the capital gains tax rates and also removes the ability of Thomson to offset capital losses (as opposed to current income losses) against applicable “long-term” revenues (notably Licensing revenues).

Income tax expense is summarized below:

(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 

Current income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

France

 

 

(8

)

 

(21

)

Foreign

 

 

(34

)

 

(70

)

 

 



 



 

Total current income tax

 

 

(42

)

 

(91

)

 

 



 



 

Deferred income tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

France

 

 

51

 

 

(78

)

Foreign

 

 

(79

)

 

76

 

 

 



 



 

Total deferred income tax

 

 

(28

)

 

(2

)

 

 



 



 

Total income tax expense on continuing operations

 

 

(70

)

 

(93

)

 

 



 



 

- 44 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(a)

Analysis of the difference between the theoretical and effective income tax rates

 

 

 

The following table shows reconciliation from the theoretical income tax expense - using the French corporate tax rate of 33.33% as at December 31, 2005 and at December 31, 2004 - to the reported tax expense. The reconciling items are described below:


(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 

Net income/(loss)

 

 

(573

)

 

(561

)

 

 



 



 

Discontinued Operations

 

 

(749

)

 

(885

)

Income tax

 

 

(70

)

 

(93

)

Share of loss from associates

 

 

(82

)

 

(20

)

 

 



 



 

Pre-tax accounting income on continuing operations

 

 

328

 

 

437

 

 

 



 



 

Theoretical income tax using the statutory rate

 

 

(109

)

 

(146

)

Unrecognized deferred tax assets (1)

 

 

15

 

 

47

 

Change in valuation allowance (2)

 

 

(30

)

 

23

 

Tax credits

 

 

26

 

 

—  

 

Effect of difference in tax rates (3)

 

 

47

 

 

30

 

Permanent differences

 

 

8

 

 

—  

 

Withholding taxes not recovered (4)

 

 

(30

)

 

(35

)

Other, net (5)

 

 

3

 

 

(12

)

 

 



 



 

Effective income tax on continuing operations

 

 

(70

)

 

(93

)

 

 



 



 

Pre-tax accounting income on continuing operations

 

 

328

 

 

437

 

 

 



 



 

Effective tax rate

 

 

21

%

 

21

%

 

 



 



 



(1)

In 2005, unrecognized deferred tax assets represent (i) the tax savings from the tax losses carried forward not recognized in previous year for € 36 million mainly in France and (ii) tax losses generated during the year which have not generated deferred tax assets for € (21) million. In 2004, the tax savings for the tax losses carried forward not recognized in previous year amount to € 56 million mainly in France and tax losses generated during the year which have not generated deferred tax assets amount to € (9) million.

(2)

In 2005, change in valuation allowance relates to a € (77) million write-off on the US perimeter, a € (6) million write-off in Italy and a € 51 million recognition of deferred tax assets in France. In 2004, change in valuation allowance relates to a € (57) million write-off on the French perimeter, a € (5) million write-off in Italy and a € 83 million recognition of deferred tax assets in the USA.

(3)

In 2005, this amount comprises € 41 million related to licensing revenue taxed at a reduced rate in France (15% instead of 33.33%). In 2004, it comprises € 23 million related to licensing revenue (taxed at 19% instead of 33.33%).

(4)

Withholding tax not recovered relates to withholding tax paid on licensing revenues not refunded through current income tax in France and in the USA.

(5)

In 2004, this amount comprises tax regularization on previous year for € (2) million in Italy and € (3) million in United Kingdom.


(b)

Analysis of variations of deferred tax assets and liabilities:


(€ in millions)

 

Deferred tax
assets

 

Deferred tax
liabilities

 

Total,
Net deferred tax
assets

 


 



 



 



 

At January 1, 2004

 

 

317

 

 

(63

)

 

254

 

 

 



 



 



 

Changes impacting 2004 result

 

 

(93

)

 

91

 

 

(2

)

Other movement (*)

 

 

77

 

 

(65

)

 

12

 

 

 



 



 



 

Year ended December 31, 2004

 

 

301

 

 

(37

)

 

264

 

 

 



 



 



 

Changes impacting 2005 result

 

 

33

 

 

(61

)

 

(28

)

Other movement (*)

 

 

45

 

 

(64

)

 

(19

)

 

 



 



 



 

Year ended December 31, 2005

 

 

379

 

 

(162

)

 

217

 

 

 



 



 



 



(*)

In 2004 this caption corresponds mainly to change in scope (€ 11 million), currency translation adjustments (€ (18) million) and changes impacting 2004 discontinued activities (€ 12 million).

In 2005, this caption corresponds mainly to change in scope (€ (48) million) and currency translation adjustments (€ 24 million).

- 45 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(d)

Expiration of the tax loss carry forward


 

 

(€ in millions)

 

 

 



 

2006

 

 

14

 

2007

 

 

5

 

2008

 

 

1

 

2009

 

 

100

 

2010

 

 

1

 

2011 and thereafter

 

 

2,994

 

 

 



 

Total

 

 

3,115

 

 

 



 


11

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

 

 

(a)

Discontinued operations linked to the exit of Tubes and Display businesses

 

 

 

On February 28, 2005, Thomson transferred its tube production site at Anagni, Italy, to the Indian Group, Videocon for a consideration of € 10 and committed to recapitalize the sold company with € 103 million in cash as of the transactions date and up to a further € 85 million one year after.

 

 

 

On June 30, 2005, Thomson entered into an agreement under which the Spanish glass group Rioglass will take over its glass cathode ray tubes glass activity, Videoglass, situated at Bagneaux-sur-Loing in France. Rioglass will set up a glass-conversion activity for the automotive industry on the site. Rioglass is specialized in glass parts for the car and transport industries.

 

On December 23, 2005 Thomson sold definitively its glass plant for 1 € and is committed to certain payments to Rioglass linked to the reconversion of the Bagneaux site. Consequently, the total consolidated loss linked to the disposal of Videoglass amounts in 2005 to € 89 million.

 

 

 

On June 28, 2005, Thomson signed an agreement for the sale of its Tubes activities in China (Foshan and Dongguan sites), Mexico (Mexicali) and Poland (Piaseczno) as well as some related research and development and sales, marketing and administrative functions, to Indian group Videocon, a leader in consumer electronics in India.

 

The definitive agreement occurred on September 30, 2005. Thomson received a cash payment of € 240 million for its Tubes activities and technology and reinvested a similar amount in certain Videocon entities (see Note 16).

 

 

 

In December 2005, Thomson shut down its component plant TTCF situated in Gray.

 

 

 

In 2005, Thomson agreed to transfer to a German Company its remaining optical technology assets and people in the first semester of 2006.

 

 

 

As a result, Thomson recorded under discontinued operations the 2005 results related to its optical business net of the estimated cost of exit and as held for sale all the assets and liabilities related to these operations in the Group balance sheet. The respective loss from operations of discontinued optical business amounts to € 34 million in 2005 and € 28 million in 2004.

 

 

(b)

Discontinued operations linked to the exit of the Audio-Video and Accessories business.

 

 

 

On December 12, 2005 Thomson announced its decision to sell its Audio/Video, Accessories and consumer marketing and sales activities (named “AVA business” thereafter). These operations meet the criteria for being classified as discontinued and the related assets and liabilities are presented as held for sale.

- 46 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

The results of these discontinued operations are as follows:

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2005

 

Year ended December 31, 2004

 

 

 


 


 

(€ in millions)

 

Sales related
to the
displays and
optical businesses

 

Sales related to the AVA business

 

Total

 

Sales related to the displays and optical businesses

 

Sales related to the AVA business

 

Total

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Revenues

 

 

579

 

 

809

 

 

1,388

 

 

1,088

 

 

890

 

 

1,978

 

Cost of sales

 

 

(690

)

 

(666

)

 

(1,356

)

 

(1,075

)

 

(706

)

 

(1,781

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Gross Margin

 

 

(111

)

 

143

 

 

32

 

 

13

 

 

184

 

 

197

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Expenses other than impairment of assets

 

 

(569

)

 

(169

)

 

(738

)

 

(289

)

 

(160

)

 

(449

)

Loss on impairment of assets

 

 

(8

)

 

—  

 

 

(8

)

 

(593

)

 

—  

 

 

(593

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Loss from operations before tax and finance cost

 

 

(688

)

 

(26

)

 

(714

)

 

(869

)

 

24

 

 

(845

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Net interest expense (1)

 

 

(10

)

 

(3

)

 

(13

)

 

(19

)

 

(3

)

 

(22

)

Other financial expense

 

 

(12

)

 

(7

)

 

(19

)

 

(30

)

 

(1

)

 

(31

)

Income tax

 

 

(1

)

 

(3

)

 

(4

)

 

17

 

 

(2

)

 

15

 

Minority interests

 

 

1

 

 

—  

 

 

1

 

 

(2

)

 

—  

 

 

(2

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations

 

 

(710

)

 

(39

)

 

(749

)

 

(903

)

 

18

 

 

(885

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



(1)

Consisting of interest expense of € (15) million less interest income of € 2 million and interest expense of € (23) million less interest income of € 1 million for the periods ending December 31, 2005 and 2004 respectively.

The assets and liabilities attributable to the operations discontinued and not yet sold as of December 31, 2005 have been classified as held for sale in the Group balance sheet and presented separately from other assets.

The major classes of assets and liabilities comprising the activity classified as held for sale are as follows:

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2005

 

 

 


 

(€ in millions)

 

Assets and
liabilities
related to
the displays and
optical businesses

 

Assets and
liabilities
related to
the AVA business

 

Total

 


 



 



 



 

Goodwill and intangible assets

 

 

—  

 

 

44

 

 

44

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

 

—  

 

 

12

 

 

12

 

Other assets

 

 

—  

 

 

10

 

 

10

 

Inventories

 

 

—  

 

 

119

 

 

119

 

Account receivable and other receivable

 

 

12

 

 

172

 

 

184

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total - Assets classified as held for sale

 

 

12

 

 

357

 

 

369

 

 

 



 



 



 

Provisions and Restructuring

 

 

35

 

 

28

 

 

63

 

Borrowings

 

 

—  

 

 

3

 

 

3

 

Liabilities working capital

 

 

22

 

 

382

 

 

404

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total - Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

 

 

57

 

 

413

 

 

470

 

 

 



 



 



 

- 47 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

12

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT


(€ in millions)

 

Land

 

Buildings

 

Machinery
&
Equipment

 

Other
fixed
assets

 

Total

 


 



 



 



 



 



 

At January 1, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

77

 

 

578

 

 

2,870

 

 

343

 

 

3,868

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(1

)

 

(225

)

 

(1,902

)

 

(87

)

 

(2,215

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net amount

 

 

76

 

 

353

 

 

968

 

 

256

 

 

1,653

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Year ended December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening net amount at January 1, 2004

 

 

76

 

 

353

 

 

968

 

 

256

 

 

1,653

 

Exchange differences

 

 

(2

)

 

(5

)

 

(30

)

 

(9

)

 

(46

)

Acquisition of subsidiaries (1)

 

 

7

 

 

8

 

 

154

 

 

6

 

 

175

 

Additions

 

 

—  

 

 

5

 

 

109

 

 

192

 

 

306

 

Disposals

 

 

(1

)

 

—  

 

 

(13

)

 

(7

)

 

(21

)

Disposal of subsidiaries

 

 

(10

)

 

(32

)

 

(43

)

 

(19

)

 

(104

)

Depreciation charge

 

 

—  

 

 

(23

)

 

(242

)

 

(15

)

 

(280

)

Impairment loss

 

 

(3

)

 

(121

)

 

(338

)

 

(112

)

 

(574

)

Other

 

 

(9

)

 

(6

)

 

65

 

 

(108

)

 

(58

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Closing net amount at December 31, 2004

 

 

58

 

 

179

 

 

630

 

 

184

 

 

1,051

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

At December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

62

 

 

383

 

 

2,039

 

 

330

 

 

2,814

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(4

)

 

(204

)

 

(1,409

)

 

(146

)

 

(1,763

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net amount

 

 

58

 

 

179

 

 

630

 

 

184

 

 

1,051

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Year ended December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening net amount at January 1, 2005

 

 

58

 

 

179

 

 

630

 

 

184

 

 

1,051

 

Exchange differences

 

 

6

 

 

16

 

 

74

 

 

22

 

 

118

 

Acquisition of subsidiaries (1)

 

 

—  

 

 

1

 

 

3

 

 

7

 

 

11

 

Additions

 

 

—  

 

 

3

 

 

88

 

 

149

 

 

240

 

Disposals

 

 

(4

)

 

(8

)

 

(2

)

 

(1

)

 

(15

)

Disposal of subsidiaries

 

 

(11

)

 

(31

)

 

(153

)

 

(69

)

 

(264

)

Depreciation charge

 

 

—  

 

 

(11

)

 

(166

)

 

(31

)

 

(208

)

Impairment loss

 

 

15

 

 

(29

)

 

(50

)

 

4

 

 

(60

)

Reclassification as held for sale

 

 

—  

 

 

(1

)

 

(8

)

 

(3

)

 

(12

)

Other

 

 

(13

)

 

23

 

 

136

 

 

(121

)

 

25

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Closing net amount at December 31, 2005

 

 

51

 

 

142

 

 

552

 

 

141

 

 

886

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

At December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

53

 

 

223

 

 

1,149

 

 

288

 

 

1,713

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(2

)

 

(81

)

 

(597

)

 

(147

)

 

(827

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net amount

 

 

51

 

 

142

 

 

552

 

 

141

 

 

886

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



(1)

This line item includes not only the impact of the 2005 acquisitions as disclosed in Note 5 but also the impact of purchase price allocations of previous year acquisitions.

Any exceptional depreciation expense and impairment is charged in “Selling, general and administrative expenses and other income (expense)” for continuing operations and in “Profit (loss) from discontinued operations” for expenses related to discontinued activities.

- 48 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

13

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS


(€ in millions)

 

Patents &
Trademarks
(1)

 

Customer
relationships
(1)

 

Other
intangibles
(3)

 

Sub-total

 

Goodwill
(1)

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

At January 1, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

495

 

 

396

 

 

177

 

 

1,068

 

 

1,100

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment

 

 

(98

)

 

(54

)

 

(123

)

 

(275

)

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net amount

 

 

397

 

 

342

 

 

54

 

 

793

 

 

1,100

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Year ended December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opening net amount at January 1, 2004

 

 

397

 

 

342

 

 

54

 

 

793

 

 

1,100

 

Exchange differences

 

 

(24

)

 

(35

)

 

(3

)

 

(62

)

 

(74

)

Acquisition of subsidiary (2)

 

 

4

 

 

188

 

 

3

 

 

195

 

 

308

 

Disposal of subsidiary

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(2

)

 

(2

)

 

(7

)

Additions

 

 

13

 

 

3

 

 

52

 

 

68

 

 

—  

 

Depreciation charge

 

 

(12

)

 

(35

)

 

(31

)

 

(78

)

 

(35

)

Impairment loss

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Other

 

 

(3

)

 

—  

 

 

13

 

 

10

 

 

(114

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Closing net amount at December 31, 2004

 

 

375

 

 

463

 

 

86

 

 

924

 

 

1,178

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

At December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

480

 

 

545

 

 

233

 

 

1,258

 

 

1,190

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment

 

 

(105

)

 

(82

)

 

(147

)

 

(334

)

 

(12

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net amount

 

 

375

 

 

463

 

 

86

 

 

924

 

 

1,178

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Year ended December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of 1st application of IAS32/39 (4)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

8

 

Opening net amount at January 1, 2005

 

 

375

 

 

463

 

 

86

 

 

924

 

 

1,186

 

Exchange differences

 

 

48

 

 

71

 

 

7

 

 

126

 

 

145

 

Acquisition of subsidiary (2)

 

 

27

 

 

76

 

 

50

 

 

153

 

 

431

 

Additions

 

 

23

 

 

—  

 

 

81

 

 

104

 

 

—  

 

Depreciation charge

 

 

(25

)

 

(52

)

 

(48

)

 

(125

)

 

—  

 

Impairment loss

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Reclassification as held for sale

 

 

(25

)

 

(2

)

 

(8

)

 

(35

)

 

(9

)

Other

 

 

(5

)

 

2

 

 

6

 

 

3

 

 

3

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Closing net amount at December 31, 2005

 

 

418

 

 

558

 

 

174

 

 

1,150

 

 

1,756

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

At December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

557

 

 

706

 

 

342

 

 

1,605

 

 

1,761

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment

 

 

(139

)

 

(148

)

 

(168

)

 

(455

)

 

(5

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Net amount

 

 

418

 

 

558

 

 

174

 

 

1,150

 

 

1,756

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



(1)

See details in tables below.

(2)

This line item includes not only the impact of the 2005 acquisitions as disclosed in Note 5 but also the impact of purchase price allocation of previous year acquisitions.

(3)

Includes capitalized development projects.

(4)

Commitment to purchase minority interests (see Note 37.5)

- 49 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

Goodwill

(€ in millions)

 

Purchase
Date

 

As of December 31, 2005

 

As of December 31, 2004

 

 


 


 

 

Gross

 

Impairment

 

Net

 

Net

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

ATLINKS

 

1999 & 2003

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

50

 

Technicolor Group (1)

 

2001

 

 

445

 

 

 

 

 

445

 

 

387

 

Screenvision US

 

2001

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

 

30

 

BTS

 

2001 & 2002

 

 

107

 

 

 

 

 

107

 

 

107

 

Nextream

 

2001 & 2004

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

18

 

Thomson Broadband (ADSL)

 

2001

 

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

53

 

 

53

 

Vidfilm

 

2002

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

25

 

Grass Valley

 

2002

 

 

85

 

 

 

 

 

85

 

 

74

 

Southern Star Duplitek

 

2002

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

26

 

Panasonic Disc Services Corporation (PDSC) (1)

 

2002

 

 

241

 

 

 

 

 

241

 

 

207

 

Screenvision Europe

 

2002 & 2003

 

 

16

 

 

(5

)

 

11

 

 

11

 

Technicolor Digital Cinema

 

2003

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

16

 

Cinecolor

 

2003

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

11

 

Corinthian

 

2004

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

25

 

The Moving Picture Company

 

2004

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

63

 

 

68

 

Inventel (2)

 

2005

 

 

117

 

 

 

 

 

117

 

 

—  

 

Cirpack (2)

 

2005

 

 

56

 

 

 

 

 

56

 

 

—  

 

ContentGuard (2)

 

2005

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

—  

 

PRN (2)

 

2005

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

 

164

 

 

—  

 

Thales Broadcast & Multimedia (2)

 

2005

 

 

109

 

 

 

 

 

109

 

 

—  

 

Others (less than € 10 million net individually)

 

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

63

 

 

70

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

 

 

1,761

 

 

(5

)

 

1,756

 

 

1,178

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



1)

Technicolor goodwill gross value increased by € 58 million due to currency changes.

 

PDSC goodwill gross value increased in 2005 by € 30 million due to currency changes and by € 4 million due to a commitment to purchase minority interests (see Note 37.5).

2)

As of December 31, 2005, a preliminary purchase price allocation had been carried out on these companies. The final assessment should be completed no later than 12 months after the acquisition date.

Patents, trademarks and customer relationships

 

For acquisitions, Thomson carries out a purchase valuation assessment, including the assessment of the valuation of intangible assets. For material amounts, Thomson relies on independent experts to determine the amount of intangible assets. With respect to customer relationships, the valuation methodology used is generally based on the discounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the existing customer portfolio at the acquisition date. With respect to trademarks, the valuation methodology used is based on royalty rates which could reasonably be paid by third-party licensees on similar trademarks.


 

Patents, trademarks and customer relationships consist mainly of:

 

 

-

Trademarks of Technicolor® (€ 190 million at December 31, 2005), MPC (€ 2 million at December 31, 2005), Grass Valley® (€ 38 million at December 31, 2005) and THOMSON®.

 

 

-

Customer relationships of Technicolor (€ 177 million, remaining amortization period of around 11 years), HNS (€ 164 million, remaining amortization period of around 6 years),  PDSC (€ 61 million), Screenvision Europe (€ 18 million), Southern Star Duplitek (€ 27 million) and Vidfilm (€ 29 million). The increase in 2004 is due to the addition of the HNS contract purchased as part of the HNS business.

 

 

-

A license to use the RCA® trademark for consumer electronics products was obtained in 1988 and in 1999 an extended usage of the RCA® trademark was purchased from General Electric.

- 50 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

Other intangible assets

 

This caption mainly comprises capitalized development projects and software.


Impairment of goodwill and trademarks

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment tests of goodwill are carried out based on groups of Cash-Generating Units (identified as “goodwill reporting units” thereafter).

 

Thomson identified six goodwill reporting units that are tested annually for impairment. All the goodwill reporting units except for the Technology unit, represent a level below the business segment of the Group, which is the lowest level of information that is given to the Executive Committee for management purposes:

 

 

In the Services segment, 3 goodwill reporting units were identified, DVD activities, Film & Content Services and Network Services.

 

 

In the Systems & Equipment segment, 2 goodwill reporting units were identified, Access Platforms & Gateways and Broadcast & Networks (“Grass Valley”).

 

 

The Technology segment is considered as a single goodwill reporting unit.

 

 

 

Trademarks are considered as indefinite life assets. Consequently, they should be tested annually for impairment. For the purpose of this test, trademarks are either tested on a stand-alone basis by calculating their fair value or as part of a cash-generating unit by calculating the value-in-use of such CGU. The values of Technicolor and Grass Valley trademarks have been assessed based on a royalty relief method. Under this approach, the estimated value of the trademark is the present value of the royalties saved by the Group. This method is commonly used to estimate the Fair Value of trade names.

 

 

 

In order to perform the annual impairment test, the Group uses the following assumptions to determine the recoverable amount of the reporting units:


 

 

Services

 

Systems & Equipment

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

DVD Services

 

Film & Content
Services

 

Network
operation
services

 

Access
Platform &
Gateways

 

Broadcast &
Networks

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

Method used to determine the recoverable amount

 

 

Value in use & Royalty relief method for trademark

 

 

Value in use & Royalty relief method for trademark

 

 

Value in use

 

 

Value in use

 

 

Value in use & Royalty relief method for trademark

 

Description of key assumptions

 

 

Budget & cash flow projections

 

 

Budget & cash flow projections

 

 

Budget & cash flow projections

 

 

Budget & cash flow projections

 

 

Budget & cash flow projections, Royalty rate for Grass Valley trademark

 

Period for projected future cash flows

 

 

5 years

 

 

5 years

 

 

5 years

 

 

5 years

 

 

5 years

 

Growth rate used to extrapolate cash flow projections beyond projection period

 

 

3

%

 

3

%

 

3

%

 

3

%

 

3

%

Post-tax discount rate applied (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- As of September 30, 2005

 

 

9.5

%

 

9.5

%

 

9.5

%

 

9.5

%

 

9.5

%

- As of December 31, 2004

 

 

9.5

%

 

9.5

%

 

9.5

%

 

9.5

%

 

9.5

%

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



(1)

The corresponding pre-tax discount rate amounts to 12.7%.

- 51 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

The following table provides the allocation of the significant amounts of goodwill and trademarks to each significant goodwill reporting unit:


 

 

Services

 

Systems & Equipment

 

Total
affected

 

Total

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(€ in millions)

 

DVD
Services

 

Film &
Content
Services

 

Network
Operation
Services

 

Access
Platform &
Gateways

 

Broadcast &
Networks

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

As of December 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount of goodwill

 

 

544

 

 

314

 

 

254

 

 

274

 

 

327

 

 

1,713

 

 

1,761

 

Impairment

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(5

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(5

)

 

(5

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Net amount of goodwill

 

 

544

 

 

314

 

 

249

 

 

274

 

 

327

 

 

1,708

 

 

1,756

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Net amount of trademarks (a)

 

192

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

38

 

 

230

 

 

257

 

 

 


 



 



 



 



 



 

As of December 31, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount of goodwill

 

 

474

 

 

292

 

 

71

 

 

103

 

 

205

 

 

1,145

 

 

1,190

 

Impairment

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(5

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(5

)

 

(12

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Net amount of goodwill

 

 

474

 

 

292

 

 

66

 

 

103

 

 

205

 

 

1,140

 

 

1,178

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Net amount of trademarks (a)

 

165

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

33

 

 

198

 

 

243

 

 

 


 



 



 



 



 



 


 

(a)

Trademarks included in each unit are:

 

 

Technicolor® (used both in the DVD Services and in the Film & Content Services reporting unit) and The Moving Picture Company® (MPC) included in the Film & Content Services reporting unit;

 

 

Grass Valley® for the “Broadcast & Networks” reporting unit.


 

In 2005, no goodwill impairment has been recognized.

 

 

 

In 2004, the following goodwill impairments have been recognized:

 

 

-

€ 7 million of goodwill write-off relating to the Chinese company responsible for Thomson then-TV activity at the date of transfer of its TV assets to TTE because goodwill was not part of transferable assets to TTE. The recoverable amount of this goodwill is its value in use.

 

 

-

€ 5 million of goodwill impairment relating to the Screenvision Europe activity within Services, in the line item “Selling, general, administrative expenses and others”.

- 52 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

14

Investments in associates


 

 

Period ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 


 


 

Beginning of the year

 

 

260

 

 

11

 

Acquisition of associates

 

 

—  

 

 

279

 

Share of (loss)/profit

 

 

(19

)

 

(2

)

Impairment charge on associates

 

 

(63

)

 

(18

)

Exchange differences

 

 

30

 

 

(10

)

Other equity movements

 

 

(4

)

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 

End of the year

 

 

204

 

 

260

 

 

 



 



 


 

Summarized financial information in respect of the Group’s associates is set out below:


 

 

Period ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 


 


 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

1,858

 

 

1,439

 

Total liabilities

 

 

(1,340

)

 

(1,044

)

 

 



 



 

Total net assets

 

 

518

 

 

395

 

 

 



 



 

Group’s share of associates’ net assets before goodwill on associates

 

 

139

 

 

127

 

Goodwill on associates

 

 

65

 

 

133

 

Group’s share of associates’ net assets

 

 

204

 

 

260

 

 

 



 



 

Income Statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

3,351

 

 

1,542

 

Profit / (loss) for the period

 

 

(57

)

 

(6

)

 

 



 



 

Group’s share of associates’ profit / (loss) for the period before impairment

 

 

(19

)

 

(2

)

Impairment charge on associates

 

 

(63

)

 

(18

)

Group’s share of associates’ profit / (loss) for the period

 

 

(82

)

 

(20

)

 

 



 



 


 

Details of investments in associates are summarized below:


 

 

% Interest
December

 

Group’s share of associates’ net assets

 

Group’s share of associates’ profit (loss)

 

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

 

December  31, 2005

 

December  31, 2004

 

December  31, 2005

 

December  31, 2004

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

(€ in millions)

 

TCL-Thomson Electronics / TCL Multimedia (*)

 

 

29.32

%

 

193

 

 

249

 

 

(82

)

 

(20

)

CTE El Athir (Tunisia)

 

 

30.0

%

 

4

 

 

3

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

EasyPlug, S.A.S. (France)

 

 

50.0

%

 

3

 

 

3

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Techfund Capital Europe (France)

 

 

20.0

%

 

2

 

 

3

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Others (less than €  2 million individually)

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

204

 

 

260

 

 

(82

)

 

(20

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



(*)

On July 31, 2004, Thomson and TCL combined their respective TV assets in a new company, TTE, of which Thomson holds 33% and TCL 67%. Thomson contributed its industrial TV assets. Thomson has neither control nor joint control of TCL-Thomson Electronics and accounts for its investment in TCL-Thomson Electronics under the equity method from July 31, 2004. The TV activity before July 31, 2004 is presented under full consolidation method. Thomson accounted for the contribution of its TV business as a disposal and booked the 33% interest in TCL-Thomson Electronics as an acquisition. Pursuant to the transaction, Thomson exchanged on August 10, 2005 its 33% investment in TCL Thomson Electronics against 29.32% (1,144,182,095 shares) of TCL Multimedia (formerly TCL International) listed in Hong Kong. Because the exchange of shares had no commercial substance, the new shares received were substituted to the previous shares without impact on the financial statements at exchange date.

 

 

 

The financial statements of TCL Multimedia used for the Group’s 2005 financial statements and presented here are from October 1, 2004 to September 30, 2005 because TCL Multimedia releases its financial statements at a later date than Thomson does.

- 53 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

 

Period ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

(€ in millions)

 

2005  (a)

 

2004  (b)

 


 


 


 

Investment in TTE / TCL

 

 

193

 

 

249

 

Of which share in net equity

 

 

129

 

 

116

 

Of which related goodwill

 

 

64

 

 

133

 

Market value of the investment in TCL based on quotations (*)

 

 

139

 

 

N/A

 

 

 



 



 



(*)

As of December 31, 2004 the Group did not own any quoted share in TCL.

 

 

(a)

As of December 31, 2005, Thomson’s management determined that a triggering event occurred because the market value of its investment in TCL Multimedia was below its carrying amount. Thomson’s management has therefore assessed the recoverable amount of this investment.

 

In order to determine the value in use of its investment in TCL Multimedia, Thomson calculated, based on information provided by the management of TCL Multimedia, the present value of future cash flows expected to be derived from the business of TCL Multimedia through its current business. In order to assess the present value of related cash flows, Thomson used a 9.2% discount rate and a perpetual growth rate of 2.3%.

 

As a result of the impairment test, Thomson recognized a € 63 million impairment for the year ended December 31, 2005 on the carrying amount of its investment in TCL Multimedia.

 

 

(b)

As of December 31, 2004, Thomson identified certain triggering event requiring a review for impairment of its investment in TTE. This review resulted in the recognition of an impairment charge amounting to € 18 million. This charge has been posted in the caption Share of profit (loss) from associates.


15

Interest in Joint Ventures

 

The Group’s interests in jointly controlled entities are reported using the proportionate consolidation method. Screenvision Europe and Screenvision US represent the main interests of the Group in jointly controlled entities.

Joint ventures’ contribution to the Group’s balance sheet and income statement items is summarized below:


 

 

Period ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 


 


 

Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

71

 

 

59

 

Total long-term assets

 

 

102

 

 

85

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

89

 

 

75

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

 

12

 

 

10

 

 

 



 



 

Income Statement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

97

 

 

84

 

Expenses

 

 

(93

)

 

(83

)

 

 



 



 

Contribution to the Group’s income for the period

 

 

4

 

 

1

 

 

 



 



 

- 54 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

16

INVESTMENTS AND FINANCIAL ASSETS AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE


 

 

Investments in:

 

Total

 

 

 


 

 

(€ in millions)

 

Listed
securities

 

Unlisted
securities (1)

 

 


 


 


 


 

January 1, 2004

 

 

14

 

 

111

 

 

125

 

Acquisitions

 

 

24

 

 

22

 

 

46

 

Disposals

 

 

—  

 

 

(50

)

 

(50

)

Foreign Exchanges differences

 

 

(2

)

 

(6

)

 

(8

)

 

 



 



 



 

December 31, 2004

 

 

36

 

 

77

 

 

113

 

 

 



 



 



 

Impact of 1st application of IAS32/39 (2)

 

 

26

 

 

—  

 

 

26

 

 

 



 



 



 

January 1, 2005

 

 

62

 

 

77

 

 

139

 

 

 



 



 



 

Acquisitions (3)

 

 

241

 

 

25

 

 

266

 

Disposals (4)

 

 

(59

)

 

—  

 

 

(59

)

Fair value adjustment (5)

 

 

(9

)

 

—  

 

 

(9

)

Impairment recorded through income

 

 

(3

)

 

(8

)

 

(11

)

Foreign Exchanges differences

 

 

3

 

 

12

 

 

15

 

 

 



 



 



 

December 31, 2005

 

 

235

 

 

106

 

 

341

 

 

 



 



 



 



(1)

This caption includes minority positions in unquoted companies strategic to the Group, including at December 31, 2005, a preference share investment totalling € 84 million at December 31, 2005 closing rate.

(2)

Available-for-sale assets are recognized at fair value. For listed shares, the restatement consists of recognizing in shareholders' equity, the temporary difference between the carrying value and the market value, net of any possible deferred tax impacts.

(3)

Mainly acquisition of Videocon industries shares in relation with the exit of our Tubes activity.

(4)

This amount includes € (15) million of previous year fair value adjustments recognized on investments that have been sold in 2005.

(5)

This caption includes fair value adjustments recorded directly in equity for € (9) million.


17

CONTRACT ADVANCES


(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 


 


 

Technicolor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount of customer advances at year-end

 

 

163

 

 

164

 

Amortization booked during the year

 

 

(131

)

 

(134

)

Screenvision (US and Europe)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount of customer advances at year-end

 

 

10

 

 

15

 

Amortization booked during the year

 

 

(16

)

 

(10

)

 

 



 



 


18

INVENTORIES


(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 


 


 

Raw materials

 

 

129

 

 

149

 

Work in process

 

 

45

 

 

52

 

Finished goods and purchased goods for resale

 

 

209

 

 

428

 

 

 



 



 

Sub-total

 

 

383

 

 

629

 

 

 



 



 

Less: valuation allowance

 

 

(50

)

 

(61

)

 

 



 



 

Total

 

 

333

 

 

568

 

 

 



 



 

- 55 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

As of December 31, 2004 and 2005 the accumulated depreciation includes respectively € 11 million and nil of write-downs recognized within the framework of restructuring plans.

 

 

19

TRADE ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLES


(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 


 


 

Trade accounts and notes receivable (1)

 

 

1,351

 

 

1,222

 

Less: valuation allowance

 

 

(36

)

 

(42

)

 

 



 



 

Total

 

 

1,315

 

 

1,180

 

 

 



 



 



(1)

Including advances to suppliers. Sales deductions and price protection allowances are deducted from trade accounts and notes receivables gross for € 143 million and € 230 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.


 

Sales of receivables

 

 

 

The Group had in place a securitization program, from December 2002 to March 2005, which covered certain of its North American receivables. Under the program Thomson Inc. entered into an agreement allowing the sale, on a revolving basis, of a senior undivided ownership interest in a designated pool of receivables up to a maximum of USD 300 million. In 2004 the amount of the program was reduced to USD 200 million (€ 147 million at the December 2004 closing rate) and in March 2005 Thomson cancelled the program.

 

 

 

No sales of receivables were outstanding at December 31, 2004 under the securitization program.

 

 

 

Thomson sold receivables without recourse in 2005 for an amount of € 7 million (no receivable without recourse sold with all significant risks and rewards in 2004). These receivables have been derecognized as Thomson transferred all significant risks and rewards of the ownership of these receivables.

 

 

20

OTHER CURRENT ASSETS


(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 


 


 

Value added tax receivable (1)

 

 

133

 

 

100

 

Other taxes receivable

 

 

8

 

 

8

 

Subsidies

 

 

11

 

 

19

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

56

 

 

44

 

Other (2)

 

 

436

 

 

445

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

 

644

 

 

616

 

 

 



 



 



(1)

The value added tax receivable corresponds to the consolidated value added tax position generated in the normal course of the Thomson group's business.

(2)

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, other current assets include :

 

(i) € 113 million and € 110 million of accrued royalty income, respectively;

 

(ii) € 7 million and nil of prepaid employee benefits obligation (see Note 26), respectively;

 

(iii) nil and € 114 million of hedge reevaluation suspense asset (in 2005, this asset is now accounted for as a derivative financial instrument and presented separately (see Note 23))

- 56 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

21

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS


(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 


 


 

Cash

 

 

376

 

 

517

 

Cash equivalents

 

 

620

 

 

1,331

 

 

 



 



 

Total

 

 

996

 

 

1,848

 

 

 



 



 

Of which restricted cash deposits (1)

 

 

66

 

 

55

 



(1)

Deposits of € 50 million and € 55 million at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 respectively by TCE Television Taiwan guaranteed loans to Thomson for the same amounts and at December 31, 2005 a € 16 million deposit by Thomson Media Services France guaranteeing an external purchase commitment of certain minority shareholders for the same amount.

 

 

 

The effective interest rate on short-term bank deposits was 2.31% (2004: 1.41%); these deposits generally have a maturity of less than 1 month.

 

 

22

Shareholders’ equity

(a) Common stock and additional paid-in capital

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 31,
2004

 

 

 


 


 

Outstanding number of shares

 

 

273,308,032

 

 

273,308,032

 

Nominal value in €

 

 

3.75

 

 

3.75

 

 

 



 



 

Thomson share capital in €

 

 

1,024,905,120

 

 

1,024,905,120

 

 

 



 



 

(b) Treasury shares

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 31,
2004

 

 

 


 


 

Treasury stock at cost (€)

 

 

238,982,228

 

 

55,307,575

 

Number of Treasury shares held

 

 

12,732,712

 

 

3,082,766

 

Out of which

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

purchased in the period

 

 

15,626,318

 

 

4,157,010

 

delivered

 

 

(2,352,544

)

 

(141,838

)

cancelled

 

 

—  

 

 

(7,305,476

)

sold but not yet delivered * (Inventel and Cirpack)

 

 

(3,623,828

)

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 



(*)

adjusted to potential additional shares as described in Note 5.

 

 

 

These treasury shares were acquired pursuant to the following transactions as authorized by the Board of Directors:

 

 

 

Pursuant to the authorization of May 7, 2004 and May 10, 2005, the group repurchased 15,626,318 treasury shares during 2005 for a cost of € 292 million.

 

 

 

A total of 2,351,648 shares have been delivered on March 29, 2005 as part of the consideration paid for the acquisition of Inventel (Note 5) and 896 shares have been delivered in December 2005 due to requests of conversions of convertible bonds.

- 57 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(c) Subordinated perpetual notes

 

 

 

On September 26, 2005, Thomson issued deeply subordinated notes in a nominal amount of € 500 million.  Because of their perpetual and subordinated nature and the optional nature of the coupon, the notes are recorded under IFRS in shareholder’s equity for the net value received of € 492 million (issue price less offering discount and fees). The notes can be called at par on September 25, 2015 and at each interest payment date thereafter. The notes have an annual fixed coupon of 5.75% and a yield to the call date of 5.85%. If not called the interest payable starting September 25, 2015 is the 3 month EURIBOR deposit rate plus 3.625%. On any interest payment date, payment of interest is optional only if Thomson did not declare and pay a dividend at the most recent general meeting of its shareholders and it has not bought back shares in the previous six months.

 

 

 

The notes have a provision under which if there is a change of control and Thomson's senior rating is reduced by one full notch by either Moody’s or S&P such that the reduction results in a rating below Baa3 by Moody’s or BBB- by S&P then Thomson can redeem the bond at no penalty; however should Thomson decide not to redeem, the coupon increases by 5%.

 

 

(d) Dividends and distributions

 

 

 

In 2005 and 2004, Thomson paid to its shareholders a total dividend of € 77 million and € 71 million respectively, which represents € 0.285 and € 0.26 per share respectively.

 

 

 

Thomson’s Board of Directors held on February 21, 2006 approved a distribution of € 0.30 per share. This distribution is subject to the shareholders’ agreement at the Shareholder’s Meeting convened on May 12, 2006.

 

The payment of the proposed distribution would eliminate the option to differ the interest on the subordinated perpetual notes referred to above. Of the interest thereby payable € 7.7 million would be accounted as an additional distribution in respect of the 2005 financial period.

 

 

(e) Minority interests

 

 

 

In 2005, the decrease of the minority interests is due mainly to the reclassification of minority interests into financial debt when Thomson grants a put on shares to minority interests.

 

 

(f) Net Equity Hedging Reserve

 

 

 

Gains and losses on hedging instruments accounted for as cash-flow hedges are recognized directly in equity.  At January 1, 2005 € 15 million was recognized; this amount was removed from equity during 2005 and included in profit and loss during the period as the hedged transactions occured.  At December 31, 2005 € 4 million has been recognized in equity.

- 58 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

23

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

 

 

The fair value of all derivative financial instruments is shown in the table below.  Interest rate swap contracts are calculated by discounting the future cash flows. However, for complex swaps, the marked-to-market value calculated by the banks is used.  The fair value of forward exchange contracts and currency swaps are computed by discounting the difference between the contract rate and the market forward rate and multiplying it by the nominal amount. The fair value of options is calculated using standard option pricing software and verified with the banks.


 

 

December 31, 2005

 

January 1, 2005 (*)

 

 

 


 


 

(€ in millions)

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 


 


 


 


 


 

Interest-rate swaps – not designated as hedges (1)

 

 

1

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Interest-rate swaps – fair value hedges (1)

 

 

—  

 

 

11

 

 

11

 

 

—  

 

Equity options (Silver Lake bond conversion option)

 

 

—  

 

 

46

 

 

—  

 

 

122

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total non-current

 

 

1

 

 

57

 

 

11

 

 

122

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Forward foreign exchange contracts- cash flow and fair value hedges

 

 

5

 

 

6

 

 

16

 

 

15

 

Forward foreign exchange contracts- not designated as hedges (2)

 

 

—  

 

 

4

 

 

99

 

 

—  

 

Currency options

 

 

2

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Equity derivatives - fair value hedges

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

19

 

Equity options

 

 

1

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Other options (3)

 

 

1

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total current

 

 

9

 

 

10

 

 

115

 

 

34

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

10

 

 

67

 

 

126

 

 

156

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



(*)

First Application of IAS 32and 39 starting with January 1, 2005

 

 

(1)

The notional principal amount of the outstanding interest rate swap contracts at December 31, 2005 was € 1 257 million (December 31, 2004: €195 million) of which €729 million were long term contracts and €528 million were short term  contracts (less than 3 months) concerning French commercial paper. At December 31, 2005, the fixed interest rates vary from 2.12% to 6.11% (at December 31, 2004, 4.74% to 6.11%) and the floating rates are based on EONIA, LIBOR and £-LIBOR.

 

 

(2)

Hedges of debt and cash denominated in foreign currency; both the derivative and the debt/cash are marked to market and the foreign exchange gain or loss is taken in income.

 

 

(3)

Option to purchase an equity participation in an unlisted company.

 

 

 

Credit risk on these financial derivative assets arises from the possibility that counterparties may not be not able to meet their financial obligations to Thomson. The maximum risk is the mark to market carrying values shown in the table above, that is, € 10 million at December 31, 2005 and € 126 million at January 1, 2005.

- 59 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

24

BORROWINGS (SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM)

 

 

24.1

Analysis by nature


(€ in millions)

 

December 31,
2005

 

January 1,
2005

 

December 31,
2004

 


 


 


 


 

Debt due to financial institutions

 

 

1,046

 

 

783

 

 

773

 

Convertible/exchangeable bond (October 2000)

 

 

677

 

 

638

 

 

611

 

Convertible/exchangeable bond (March 2002)

 

 

12

 

 

604

 

 

600

 

Convertible/exchangeable bond (September 2004)

 

 

382

 

 

320

 

 

367

 

Bank overdrafts

 

 

123

 

 

29

 

 

29

 

Other financial debt (2)

 

 

81

 

 

177

 

 

61

 

Accrued interest (1)

 

 

1

 

 

—  

 

 

60

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total non-current

 

 

858

 

 

1,540

 

 

1,597

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total current

 

 

1,464

 

 

1,011

 

 

904

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

2,322

 

 

2,551

 

 

2,501

 

 

 



 



 



 



(1)

At December 31, 2004 accrued interest included € 48 million for the premium due at maturity on the October 2000 convertible bond which was recorded under French GAAP as financial expense over the bond duration as well as € 12 million in accrued interest due to the coupons of the convertible bonds.  Under IFRS the effective interest rate is used and the difference between the effective rate and the coupon paid on the bond is added to the principal amount of the bonds.

 

 

(2)

Includes minority interests having a put on Thomson which is reclassified to debt for an amount of € 36 million as of December 31, 2005.

 

 

24.2

Convertible bonds


(€ in millions)

 

Currency

 

Nominal
amount
issued

 

Original
maturity

 

Yield to
Maturity (%)

 

Debt
component
outstanding at 31.12.05 (*)

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Convertible/exchangeable bond (October 2000)

 

 

EUR

 

 

812

 

Jan. 1, 2006

 

 

2.75

%

 

677

 

Convertible/exchangeable bond (March 2002)

 

 

EUR

 

 

600

 

Jan. 1, 2008

 

 

1.00

%

 

12

 

Convertible/exchangeable bond (September 2004)

 

 

USD

 

 

500

 

Sept. 16, 2010

 

 

3.00

%

 

382

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



(*)

excluding the option component


In October 2000, Thomson issued 11,175,385 convertible/exchangeable bonds, with a nominal value of € 72.67 each, due on January 1, 2006 for an aggregate amount of € 812,115,228. The number of bonds outstanding at December 31, 2004 is 8,411,832 and is explained as follows:

 

-

In 2004, 2,350,553 convertible bonds were repurchased at an average price of € 77.604 and cancelled.

 

-

In June 2002, Thomson repurchased 413,000 bonds at an average price of € 67.495. The repurchased bonds were cancelled.

 

 

 

 

The convertible/exchangeable bonds issued in October 2000, may be redeemed by bondholders for Thomson ordinary shares beginning October 11, 2001.

 

 

 

 

The bonds bear interest at a rate of 1% per annum, payable in arrears on January 1 of each year, with the first payment made on January 1, 2001. The bonds will mature and become due at a price of € 79.71 per bond on January 1, 2006, unless previously converted, exchanged, redeemed or cancelled. This price is 109.69% of the original issue price resulting in a yield to maturity of 2.75%.

 

Each bondholder may elect to receive, in lieu of receiving payment of the principal, ordinary shares of Thomson of € 3.75 par value each, at a ratio of one share for each bond, subject to adjustment upon occurrence of certain events.

- 60 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

The bonds are redeemable at Thomson’s option at any time on or after January 1, 2004, in whole but not in part, at a price enabling the bondholder to receive a gross redemption yield equal to the gross redemption yield that would have been received at final maturity, which is 2.75%, if the share price is greater than 120% of the bond redemption price for 20 consecutive days. Thomson may also repurchase any number of bonds at any time at any price on the Paris Bourse. Bonds so repurchased will be cancelled. The costs related to the convertible bond offering (€ 18 million)are amortized over the bond duration.

 

In accordance with IAS 32, issuance costs are deducted from the total bond value and the option component of the bond value is split out and accounted as equity. The deduction of issuance costs and the allocation of a portion of the proceeds to equity create a discount on issuance which is amortized to earnings over the life of the bond. The effective interest rate, including the impact of issue costs and the equity component is 7.09% per annum.

 

 

 

 

 

The bonds were repaid in full on January 2, 2006 for an amount of € 677 million including the final coupon of € 6 million.

 

 

 

 

On March 12, 2002, Thomson issued 14,814,815 convertible/exchangeable bonds, with a nominal value of € 40.50 each, for an aggregate amount of € 600 million. The bonds bear interest at a rate of 1% per annum, payable in arrears on January 1 of each year with the first payment made on January 1, 2003. The bonds will mature and become due at a price of € 40.50 per bond on January 1, 2008, unless previously converted, exchanged, redeemed or cancelled.

 

 

 

 

The bonds are redeemable at Thomson’s option at any time on or after November 1, 2003, at a price enabling the bondholder to receive the nominal value plus 1% interest for the period between the last interest payment date and the redemption if the share price is greater than 120% of the nominal price for 10 consecutive days within the 20 days before the announcement of the reimbursement. Bondholders have the option from March 12, 2002, and until 7 days preceding the reimbursement date to convert one bond against one Thomson share (existing or new shares). Bondholders, who do not exercise the conversion option before 7 days preceding the reimbursement date, will receive the nominal amount plus interest as mentioned above. If at any time the remaining bonds outstanding represent less than 10% of total bonds initially issued, the Group may also redeem at nominal value plus interest all the remaining bonds.

 

 

 

 

The bonds were also redeemable on January 1, 2005, at the option of the bondholders at a price corresponding to the nominal value plus interest for the period January 1, 2004, to December 31, 2004. Of the original 14,814,815 bonds (€ 600 million), 14,493,324 bonds (€ 587 million) were redeemed on January 1, 2005, at the option of bondholders.

 

Due to this early redemption the amount of the bonds outstanding at as of December 2005 was € 13 million (of which the debt component in accordance with IFRS was € 12 million).

 

 

 

 

 

Thomson may also repurchase any number of bonds at any time at any price on the Euronext Paris S.A. Bonds so repurchased will be cancelled.

 

 

 

 

In accordance with IAS 32, the effective interest rate, including the impact of issue costs and the splitting out of the equity component is 7.49% per annum.

 

 

 

 

On September 16, 2004, Thomson issued 23,084 convertible/exchangeable subordinated bonds to Silver Lake Partners LLC, with a nominal value of USD 21,660 each, for an aggregate amount of USD 499,999,440 (for the record, cash flows are denominated in a currency other than euro, Thomson functional currency). The bonds bear interest at a rate of 3% per annum in arrears on January 1 and June 30 of each year except the first interest payment which was due and paid December 31, 2004. The bonds will mature and become due at a price of USD 21,660 per bond on September 16, 2010, unless previously converted, exchanged, redeemed or cancelled. The bonds are subject to certain transfer restrictions.

 

 

 

 

Bondholders have the option from the earlier of March 31, 2006, or the date Thomson publishes its audited financial results for 2005 or the date of certain other exceptional events to convert or exchange any or all bonds held at a conversion ratio of 1,000 shares for each bond.

- 61 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

This conversion ratio is subject to adjustment under certain conditions. As of December 2005, conversion ratio is 1,014.447 shares for each bond or a total of 23,417,495 shares (1000 shares for each bonds as of December 2004). The shares issued upon conversion or exchange are subject to certain sale restrictions.

 

 

 

 

All bonds are redeemable in cash plus accrued interest at Thomson’s option at any time if less than 10% of the bonds remain outstanding or at any time after September 16, 2007, if the average of the closing share price for 10 consecutive days within the 20 days before the redemption notice as well as the closing share price on the redemption notice date times the number of shares into which a bond would be convertible both exceed 150% of the par value of a bond.

 

 

 

 

Any or all bonds are redeemable in cash plus accrued interest at the option of the holder from September 16, 2008, upon written notice to Thomson.

 

 

 

 

Under IAS 39, since these bonds are denominated in US dollar and convertible into new ordinary shares or redeemable into new shares and/or existing shares denominated in euro and/or in cash, a component of the convertible bonds had to be accounted for separately as a derivative rather than as equity. The value of the conversion option is accounted for within long-term liabilities (€ 46 million as of December 31, 2005).

 

The conversion option and the debt component are recognized at fair value at inception. Subsequent changes in the fair value of the conversion option are charged to financial result. However, since Thomson applies IAS 32 and IAS 39 only from January 1, 2005, change from inception to December 31, 2004 has been charged against retained earnings for € (85) million.

 

Like Thomson’s other convertible bonds, the issuance costs are deducted from the total initial bond value and together with the separation of the conversion option creates a discount on issuance which is amortized to earnings over the life of the bonds. The effective interest rate, including the impact of the separation of the option and the issue costs is 5.70% per annum.

 

 

24.3

Debt due to financial institutions - Private Placement

 

 

 

On June 30, 2003, Thomson issued senior notes in a total amount of USD 406 million (€ 342 million at the December 31, 2005 exchange rate) that were sold privately to institutional investors in the US This private placement consisted of three series; a series of 7-year maturity notes in an amount of USD 96 million; a series of 10-year maturity notes in an amount of USD 192 million and a series of 12-year maturity notes in an amount of USD 118 million. The notes carry fixed interest rates of 4.13%, 4.74% and 4.84%, respectively, for the 7, 10 and 12-year maturity notes. The effective interest rates of these notes taking into account the issuance costs are 4.22%, 4.81% and 4.90% respectively, for the 7, 10 and 12-year maturity notes

 

 

 

Thomson swapped USD 200 million of the total issue in 2003 and the remaining USD 206 million in 2005, changing the debt from fixed rate to floating rate. Thomson may, at its option, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part, of the notes. The amount prepaid shall be allocated among all of the notes outstanding at the time in proportion to the respective unpaid principal amounts.

 

 

 

On December 18, 2003, Thomson issued an additional GBP 34 million (€ 50 million at the December 31, 2005 exchange rate) of senior notes with a 10-year maturity and carrying a fixed rate of 6.11%; the entire amount of these additional notes were swapped to floating rate. The effective interest rate of these notes taking into account the issuance costs is 6.14%.

 

 

24.4

French commercial paper program

 

 

 

 

 

In June 2005 Thomson launched a French commercial paper program in order to increase its short term borrowing capacity. The program is rated A-2 by Standard & Poors.  At December 31, 2005 € 528 million was outstanding under this program.

- 62 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

24.5

Main features of the Group's borrowings

 

 

 

The table below presents the periods for which the interest rate of Thomson's interest rate sensitive cash and cash equivalents and borrowings are fixed. The amounts shown are those reflected in Thomson's consolidated financial statements and include principal and accrued interest at December 31, 2005.


 

 

Amounts at December 31, 2005 with interest rate fixed for the following periods

 

 

 


 

(€ in millions)

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 year to
5 years

 

Greater than
5 years

 

Total

 


 


 


 


 


 

Total borrowings

 

 

1,464

 

 

536

 

 

322

 

 

2,322

 

Effect of interest rate swaps

 

 

392

 

 

(81

)

 

(311

)

 

0

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net

 

 

1,856

 

 

455

 

 

11

 

 

2,322

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

(a) Maturity

 

(€ in millions)

 

December 31,
2005

 

January 1,
2005

 

December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 



 

Total current debt (less than one year)

 

 

1,464

 

 

1,011

 

 

904

 

 

 



 



 



 

Between 1 and 3 years

 

 

21

 

 

817

 

 

827

 

Between 3 and 5 years

 

 

515

 

 

13

 

 

13

 

Over 5 years

 

 

322

 

 

710

 

 

757

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total non-current debt

 

 

858

 

 

1,540

 

 

1,597

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total debt

 

 

2,322

 

 

2,551

 

 

2,501

 

 

 



 



 



 

(b) Effective interest rates

 

 

December 31,
2005

 

January 1,
2005

 

December 31,
2004

 

 

 



 



 



 

All borrowings (including impact of interest rate swaps):

 

 

4.89

%

 

5.51

%

 

2.59

%

Of which convertible bonds:

 

 

6.60

%

 

6.81

%

 

2.20

%

 

 



 



 



 

(c) Carrying amounts and fair value of borrowings (refer to Note 25 (f))

(d) Analysis of borrowing by currency

(€ in millions)

 

December 31,
2005

 

January 1,
2005

 

December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 



 

Euro

 

 

1,398

 

 

1,463

 

 

1,366

 

US Dollar

 

 

830

 

 

837

 

 

884

 

Other currencies

 

 

94

 

 

251

 

 

251

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total debt

 

 

2,322

 

 

2,551

 

 

2,501

 

 

 



 



 



 

- 63 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(e) Undrawn credit lines

(€ in millions)

 

December 31, 2005

 

January 1, 2005

 

December 31, 2004

 


 



 



 



 

Committed, expiring in greater than one year

 

 

1,750

 

 

1,750

 

 

1,750

 

Uncommitted

 

 

781

(1)

 

767

(1)

 

767

(1)

Receivables sales agreement in North America

 

 

—  

 

 

147

 

 

147

 

 

 



 



 



 



(1)

The amount shown is full amount less borrowings only under the line; the uncommitted lines were also used at each year end for non-borrowing purposes (foreign exchange settlement risk, documentary credits, customs guarantees, etc.)

 

 

 

The Group’s committed credit line of € 1.75 billion, with a maturity in June 2010, serves as back-up to its French commercial paper program of which € 528 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2005. Thomson cancelled its receivables sales agreement in North America (securitization program) in March 2005.

(f) Financial covenants

 

Two of Thomson’s financing agreements have covenants pertaining to the Group’s consolidated financial situation, the senior notes issued privately to institutional investors in a total amount of €392 million and a € 46 million Mexican capital lease.  These financings are subject to two financial covenants:  (i) maintenance of a minimum ratio of profit from continuing operations and before tax, finance and restructuring costs to net interest expense of 3 to 1 and (ii) a maximum ratio of net debt to net worth of 1 to 1. Following renegotiation in June 2005, the Group's € 1.75 billion credit facility is no longer subject to financial covenants.

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2005, Thomson is compliant with all of these covenants.

- 64 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

25

Financial instruments and market related exposures

 

 

 

As indicated in Note 3, the Group uses financial instruments to manage its exposure to currency and interest rate risks incurred in the normal course of business.

 

 

 

(a) Foreign currency exposure

 

 

 

The nominal value of the Group’s forward operations and options outstanding as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 is as follows:


 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 

Forward exchange contracts (including currency swaps)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Euro

 

 

1,229

 

 

1,873

 

Pound sterling

 

 

144

 

 

183

 

Hong Kong dollar

 

 

31

 

 

22

 

Mexican pesos

 

 

12

 

 

33

 

Singapore dollar

 

 

40

 

 

26

 

US dollar

 

 

599

 

 

577

 

Polish zloty

 

 

106

 

 

88

 

Other currencies

 

 

42

 

 

35

 

Total forward purchases

 

 

2,203

 

 

2,837

 

Euro

 

 

(813)

 

 

(785)

 

Canadian dollar

 

 

(19

)

 

(52

)

Pound sterling

 

 

(58

)

 

(152

)

Japanese yen

 

 

(25

)

 

(29

)

US dollar

 

 

(1,099

)

 

(1,561

)

Polish zloty  (*)

 

 

(120

)

 

N/A

 

Other currencies

 

 

(75

)

 

(159

)

Total forward sales

 

 

(2,209

)

 

(2,738

)

Currency options contracts purchased

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Put US dollar/Call Euro

 

 

75

 

 

—  

 

Total

 

 

75

 

 

—  

 

Deferred hedging gains (losses) related to anticipated transactions

 

 

3

 

 

(2

)



(*)

included in ”Other currencies” in 2004

 

 

 

In order to match the currencies that Thomson borrows with the currencies that are lent to affiliates the corporate treasury enters into currency swaps primarily to convert euro borrowings into US dollar which are lent to the Group’s US affiliates.  At the December 31, 2005 exchange rate there was a mark to market currency loss on these swaps of € 4 million. This amount is recognized in the Group’s financial result as an exchange loss and offsets the exchange gain on the revaluation in Euro of intercompany loans and advances in foreign currency made by treasury.  In the balance sheet the mark to market value of these swaps is recognized in Financial Derivatives – Liabilities and offsets the increase in the Euro value of the foreign currency intercompany loans and advances.


(b)

Sensitivity to currency movements

 

 

 

Because of the Group’s significant activities in the US and in other countries whose currencies are linked to the US dollar, the Group’s main currency exposure is the fluctuation of the US dollar against the euro. The table below shows the impact of a 1% increase in the US dollar versus the euro on the Group’s sales, on its Profit from continuing operations and before tax and financial result and on the currency translation adjustment component of equity.

- 65 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(€ in millions)

 

Transaction

 

Translation

 

Total

 


 



 



 



 

Sales

 

 

3

 

 

29

 

 

32

 

Profit from continuing operations before tax and finance costs

 

 

2

 

 

—  

 

 

2

 

Total Equity Impact (CTA)

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

(c) Interest rate exposure

The Group’s interest rate exposure is presented as follows, by maturity:

 

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

 


 

(€ in millions)

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Cash and cash equivalents – floating rate

 

 

996

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

996

 

Financial debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Floating rate

 

 

1,464

 

 

3

 

 

6

 

 

—  

 

 

135

 

 

305

 

 

1,913

 

Fixed rate

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

13

 

 

1

 

 

378

 

 

17

 

 

409

 

Interest rate swaps, from floating to fixed (1)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

337

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

337

 

Interest rate swaps, from fixed to floating (1)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

195

 

 

195

 

Caps, fixed rate

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

337

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

337

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



(1)

US dollar/euro = 0.84331


 

 

December 31, 2004

 

 

 


 

(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2006

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

There-after

 

Total

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Cash and cash equivalents – floating rate

 

 

1,848

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

1,848

 

Financial debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Floating rate

 

 

904

 

 

—  

 

 

160

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

44

 

 

1,108

 

Fixed rate

 

 

—  

 

 

664

 

 

3

 

 

13

 

 

—  

 

 

713

 

 

1,393

 

Interest rate swaps, from floating to fixed (2)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Interest rate swaps, from fixed to floating (2)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

195

 

 

195

 

Caps, fixed rate

 

 

37

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

37

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 


(2)

US dollar/euro = 0.733030

- 66 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

Interest related to interest rate swaps contracted by the Group is as follows:


(€ in millions)

 

December 31, 2005

 

January 1, 2005

 

December 31, 2004

 


 



 



 



 

Interest received:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate

 

 

17

 

 

10

 

 

10

 

Floating rate

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Interest paid:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Floating rate

 

 

(16

)

 

(6

)

 

(6

)

 

 



 



 



 

Net interest

 

 

1

 

 

4

 

 

4

 

 

 



 



 



 


 

In 2005, the Group entered into several interest rate swap transactions to convert a portion of its USD debt from fixed to floating rate (3 month LIBOR):

 

 

-

its 10-year senior notes in the amount of USD 110 million; and

 

 

-

its 7-year senior notes in the amount of USD 96 million.

 

These swap transactions are accounted for under hedge accounting treatment in accordance with IFRS.

 

 

 

In addition, the Group entered into USD 400 million of 3 year interest rate swaps (with January 2, 2006 start date), under which Thomson receives three month USD LIBOR and pays twelve month USD LIBOR in arrears with the latter being capped up to a knock-out interest rate which if reached cancels the cap until such time as interest rates drop below the knock-out rate. These interest rate swaps are marked-to-market and the gain or loss is recorded in financial result. At December 31, 2005 there was a marked to market gain on these swaps of € 1 million which was taken in financial result.

 

 

 

Also in 2005, the Group starting issuing French commercial paper with short term maturities of up to 3 months.  The commercial paper is issued at the one month euro swap rate plus margin and swapped to EONIA. The Group marks to market these swaps and takes the gain or loss in financial result.  At December 31, 2005 there was € 528 million in such swaps outstanding with a mark to market valuation of € 0.06 million.

 

 

 

The Group did not enter into any interest rate hedging operations in 2004.

 

 

 

In 2003, the Group entered into several interest rate swap transactions to convert a portion of its debt from fixed to floating rate (3 month LIBOR for USD debt, and 6 month GBP-LIBOR for GBP one):

 

 

-

its 12-year senior notes in an amount of USD 118 million;

 

 

-

its 10-year senior notes in the amount of USD 82 million; and

 

 

-

its 10-year senior notes in the amount of GBP 34 million.

 

These swap transactions are accounted for under hedge accounting treatment in accordance with IAS 39.

 

 

 

In 2002 Thomson bought an interest rate cap that provided that until 2005 Thomson will receive the difference between 3 month USD LIBOR and the cap rate on a nominal amount of USD 50 million if three month USD LIBOR is above the cap rate and less than the knock-out rate. This cap expired in August 2005.  The cap had no impact on the Group’s 2005 results as the cost of the cap had already been fully taken in financial result over the period 2002-2004.

 

 

 

Because of the interest rate differential between the US dollar and the euro, the Group had in 2005 interest losses on the currency swaps used to convert euros borrowed by corporate treasury to US dollar which it lends to the US affiliates. These swap losses are accounted for as an increase of interest expense and are entirely included in Thomson’s 2005 interest expense.

- 67 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

The average interest rate on the Group’s consolidated debt is as follows:


 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 

Average interest rate on borrowings

 

 

5.07

%

 

2.74

%

Effective interest rate after interest rate hedging

 

 

5.04

%

 

2.60

%

Effective interest rate after currency swaps and interest rate hedging

 

 

5.33

%

 

2.21

%

 

 



 



 


 

The effective weighted average interest rate in 2005 on the Group’s consolidated deposits was 2.17% (1.41% in 2004).

 

 

 

The percentage of the Group’s average debt at floating rates taking into account interest rate hedging operations is as shown below.  The Group considers all debt with interest rates fixed for remaining periods of less than 1 year to be at floating rate.


(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 

Average debt

 

 

2,247

 

 

2,302

 

Percentage at floating rate

 

 

71

%

 

30

%

 

 



 



 


 

The Group’s average deposits in 2005 amounted to € 952 million, 100% at floating rate.

 

 

 

A one-point variation in interest rates, applied to the floating rate debt and deposits would have had an impact on the Group annual financial expenses of approximately € 6 million.

 

 

(d) Equity instruments

 

 

 

At December 31, 2005, Thomson had an outstanding equity call option on a quoted investment as well as calls on Thomson shares.  The calls for 538 000 Thomson shares were bought for a total premium of € 0.03 million in March 2005 to cover outstanding stock options.  The calls as well as the stock options have an exercise price of € 55.90.

 

 

 

At December 31, 2004, Thomson had an outstanding equity forward sale and a call option on a quoted investment as well as puts on Thomson shares. The puts for 2,000,000 Thomson shares were sold in December 2004 in the over the counter market for a premium of € 2 million. The puts had an exercise price of € 18.75. The puts were sold in the framework of Thomson’s share repurchase program. They expired unexercised in March, April and May 2005.

 

 

(e) Financial counterparty risk

 

 

 

The financial instruments used by the Group to manage its interest rate and currency exposure are all undertaken with counterparts having an investment grade rating.

 

 

 

The percentage of outstanding foreign exchange operations by counterpart credit rating is as follows:

 

 

 

Foreign exchange forwards:


Counterpart’s rating (according to Standard & Poor’s)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 

A-1+

 

 

95.6

%

 

91.3

%

A-1

 

 

3.8

%

 

2.0

%

A-2

 

 

0.6

%

 

6.7

%

 

 



 



 

Total

 

 

100.0

%

 

100.0

%

 

 



 



 


 

All significant cash deposits are maintained with rated financial institutions. In addition an amount of € 7 million was invested in mutual funds as of December 31, 2005 and accounted for in the line “Investment Funds”.

- 68 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

The table below gives the percentage of outstanding cash deposits by counterparty credit rating:

 

 

 

Cash deposit:


Counterparty’s rating (according to Standard & Poor’s)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 

A-1+

 

 

77.9

%

 

44.8

%

A-1

 

 

17.6

%

 

6.2

%

A-2

 

 

2.4

%

 

2.0

%

A-3

 

 

—  

 

 

1.1

%

B

 

 

0.1

%

 

2.6

%

BB+

 

 

0.4

%

 

—  

 

Money Market funds

 

 

—  

 

 

42.8

%

Non rated financial institutions

 

 

1.6

%

 

0.5

%

 

 



 



 

Total

 

 

100.0

%

 

100.0

%

 

 



 



 


 

Credit risk arises from the possibility that counterparties may not be able to perform their financial obligations to Thomson.  The maximum credit risk exposure on the Group’s cash, cash equivalents and investment funds was € 1,003 million at December 31, 2005. The Group minimizes this risk by limiting the deposits made with any single bank and by making deposits primarily with banks that have strong credit ratings or by investing in diversified, highly liquid money market funds as shown in the table above.

 

 

(f) Fair value of financial assets and liabilities

 

 

 

The fair value of all current assets and liabilities (trade accounts receivable and payable, short term loans and debt, cash and bank overdrafts) is considered to be equivalent to net book value due to their short-term maturities.

 

 

 

The fair value of long-term debt, shown in the table below, is determined by estimating future cash flows on a borrowing-by-borrowing basis and discounting these future cash flows using the borrowing rates at year-end for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

 

 

 

For the fair value of available-for-sale assets see Note 16.

 

For the fair value of financial derivatives see Note 23.


 

 

December 31, 2005

 

January 1, 2005

 

December 31, 2004

 

(€ in millions)

 

Net book
value

 

Fair market
value

 

Net book
value

 

Fair market
value

 

Net book
value

 

Fair market
value

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Non-current borrowings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible bonds

 

 

387

 

 

382

 

 

963

 

 

1,170

 

 

1,039

 

 

1,170

 

Other borrowings

 

 

471

 

 

450

 

 

577

 

 

585

 

 

558

 

 

566

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

- 69 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

26

RESERVE FOR POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

 

 

26.1

Summary of the benefits


(€  in millions)

 

December 31, 2005

 

December 31, 2004

 


 



 



 

Pension benefit plan

 

 

494

 

 

494

 

Medical post-retirement benefits

 

 

445

 

 

356

 

 

 



 



 

Total reserves for post-employment benefits

 

 

939

 

 

850

 

 

 



 



 

Of which non-current

 

 

877

 

 

785

 

Of which current

 

 

62

 

 

65

 

Thomson Group provides various types of pension and medical postretirement benefits to employees. The type of benefits offered to an individual employee is related to local legal requirements as well as operating practices within subsidiaries. These plans are either defined-contribution, defined-benefit or multi-employer plans.

(a) Defined contribution plans
For the defined-contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to independently administered funds. These plans guarantee employee benefits that are directly related to contributions paid increased by the return on investment. The pension costs of these plans, corresponding to the contributions paid, are charged in the income statement. In 2005, the total contributions paid by Thomson amounts to € 44 million.

(b) Defined benefit plans
These plans mainly cover pension plans, retirement indemnities and medical post-retirement benefits.

Pension benefits
The benefits are mainly based on employee’s pensionable salary and length of service. These plans are either funded through independently administered pension funds or unfunded. Pension plans maintained by the Group are mainly the following:

 

Within Nafta area, the plans mainly consist in pension plans in the United States:

 

 

The employees of Thomson, Inc. are covered by a defined benefit pension plan, funded by a trust fund. Thomson, Inc.’s funding policy is to contribute on an annual basis in an amount that is at least sufficient to meet the minimum requirements of the US Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). Benefits are equal to a percentage of the plan member’s earnings each year plus a guaranteed rate of return on earned benefits until retirement.

 

 

Technicolor mainly operates two defined benefit pension plans: a cash balance pension plan that covers substantially all non-union employees, funded through a trust fund, and an additional pension plan for executive employees, closed to new participants.

 

In Germany, employees are covered by several vested non-funded pension plans. These plans mainly provide employees with retirement annuities and disability benefits.

 

In France, the Group is legally required to pay lump sums to employees when they retire. The amounts paid are defined by the collective bargaining agreement in force and depend on years of service within the Group and employee’s salary at retirement.

 

In other countries, Thomson mainly maintains a dedicated pension plan in the UK, funded by a trust fund, which provides retirement annuity benefits.

Medical Postretirement benefits
In the US, Thomson Inc provides to employees a postretirement medical plan. Under this plan, employees are eligible for medical benefits if they retire at age 55 or older with at least 10 years of service in the main case. The plan also includes life insurance benefits. This plan is eligible to receive federal subsidies according to the US Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003.

(c) Multi-employer plan
One of Thomson subsidiaries in Netherlands takes part in the multi-employer defined benefits plan “Metalelektro”. As the information about the dividing up of contributions between each member of the plan is not available, Thomson accounts for this plan as a defined contribution plan.

- 70 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

26.2

Analysis of the reserves for post-employment benefits


 

 

Pension plan benefits

 

Medical Postretirement benefits

 

Total benefits

 

 

 


 


 


 

(€ in millions)

 

December
2005

 

December
2004

 

December
2005

 

December
2004

 

December
2005

 

December
2004

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Opening provision

 

 

494

 

 

483

 

 

356

 

 

371

 

 

850

 

 

854

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Net Periodic Pension Cost

 

 

33

 

 

65

 

 

24

 

 

20

 

 

57

 

 

85

 

Cash usage

 

 

(56

)

 

(55

)

 

(17

)

 

(15

)

 

(73

)

 

(70

)

Change in perimeter (1)

 

 

(26

)

 

(7

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(26

)

 

(7

)

Reclassification in held for sale (2)

 

 

(7

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(7

)

 

—  

 

Actuarial (gains) losses recognized in SORIE (3)

 

 

40

 

 

15

 

 

28

 

 

8

 

 

68

 

 

23

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

16

 

 

(7

)

 

54

 

 

(28

)

 

70

 

 

(35

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Closing provision

 

 

494

 

 

494

 

 

445

 

 

356

 

 

939

 

 

850

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



(1)

Change in perimeter relates to (i) the disposal of Thomson tube plants in Italy and Poland and its marketing and sales business and (ii) the acquisition of Thales Broadcast & Multimedia, mainly.

(2)

Refer to Note 11

(3)

Statement of recognized income and expense

Reimbursement right recognized as an asset

Thomson recognized as a separate asset certain reimbursement rights in relation with its medical postretirement benefits plan in the United States. These reimbursement rights result from federal subsidies to be received according to the US Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003.
As of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, the carrying value of this asset amounts to € 65 million and € 43 million, respectively and is posted in the caption “other non current asset”.

 

 

Medical post-
retirement benefits

 

 

 


 

(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 

Fair value at the beginning of the year

 

 

43

 

 

43

 

Net periodic costs

 

 

5

 

 

4

 

Actuarial (gains) losses recognized in SORIE (*)

 

 

10

 

 

—  

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

7

 

 

(4

)

 

 



 



 

Fair value at the end of the year

 

 

65

 

 

43

 

 

 



 



 



(*)

Statement of recognized income and expense

- 71 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(a) Analysis of the change in benefit obligation

 

 

Pension benefits

 

Medical post-retirement benefits

 

Total benefits

 

 

 


 


 


 

(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year

 

 

(668

)

 

(699

)

 

(342

)

 

(353

)

 

(1,010

)

 

(1,052

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Current service cost

 

 

(19

)

 

(24

)

 

(4

)

 

(4

)

 

(23

)

 

(28

)

Financial component of benefits

 

 

(32

)

 

(35

)

 

(22

)

 

(22

)

 

(54

)

 

(57

)

Amendment

 

 

—  

 

 

(5

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(5

)

Business combination/Disposal (1)

 

 

26

 

 

9

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

26

 

 

9

 

Plan participants contribution

 

 

(1

)

 

(1

)

 

(7

)

 

—  

 

 

(8

)

 

(1

)

Curtailment/settlement

 

 

49

 

 

47

 

 

—  

 

 

3

 

 

49

 

 

50

 

Actuarial gain (loss)

 

 

(41

)

 

(21

)

 

(28

)

 

(8

)

 

(69

)

 

(29

)

Benefits paid

 

 

39

 

 

45

 

 

24

 

 

15

 

 

63

 

 

60

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

(34

)

 

16

 

 

(52

)

 

27

 

 

(86

)

 

43

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Benefit obligation at the end of the year

 

 

(681

)

 

(668

)

 

(431

)

 

(342

)

 

(1,112

)

 

(1,010

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Benefits obligation wholly or partly funded

 

 

(292

)

 

(270

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(292

)

 

(270

)

Benefit obligation wholly unfunded

 

 

(389

)

 

(398

)

 

(431

)

 

(342

)

 

(820

)

 

(740

)



(1)

In 2005, the business combinations mainly relate to the disposal of the Tubes business and the acquisition of Thales Broadcast & Multimedia.

(b) Analysis of the change in the fair value of plan assets

 

 

Pension benefits

 

Total benefits

 

 

 


 


 

(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 



 



 

Fair value at the beginning of the year

 

 

179

 

 

221

 

 

179

 

 

221

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

13

 

 

12

 

 

13

 

 

12

 

Actuarial gains (losses) recognized in SORIE

 

 

1

 

 

4

 

 

1

 

 

4

 

Employer contribution

 

 

26

 

 

16

 

 

26

 

 

16

 

Plan participant contribution

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

Curtailment/settlement

 

 

(46

)

 

(58

)

 

(46

)

 

(58

)

Business combination  / disposals

 

 

—  

 

 

(2

)

 

—  

 

 

(2

)

Benefits paid

 

 

(10

)

 

(8

)

 

(10

)

 

(8

)

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

19

 

 

(7

)

 

19

 

 

(7

)

 

 



 



 



 



 

Fair value at the end of the year

 

 

183

 

 

179

 

 

183

 

 

179

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


 

Medical postretirement benefits plans are wholly un-funded.

- 72 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(c) Reconciliation of the reserve recognized

 

 

Pension benefits

 

Medical Postretirement benefits

 

Total benefits

 

 

 


 


 


 

(€  in millions)

 

December
2005

 

December
2004

 

December
2005

 

December
2004

 

December
2005

 

December
2004

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Benefit obligation

 

 

(681

)

 

(668

)

 

(431

)

 

(342

)

 

(1,112

)

 

(1,010

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Fair value of plan assets

 

 

183

 

 

179

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

183

 

 

179

 

Funded status (I)

 

 

(498

)

 

(489

)

 

(431

)

 

(342

)

 

(929

)

 

(831

)

Unrecognized prior service cost (II)

 

 

(3

)

 

(5

)

 

(14

)

 

(14

)

 

(17

)

 

(19

)

Reclassification for Held for Sale (*) (III)

 

 

7

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

7

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Reserve for post-employment benefits (III) = (I)+(II)+(III) (**) (***)

 

 

(494

)

 

(494

)

 

(445

)

 

(356

)

 

(939

)

 

(850

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Prepayment and reimbursement rights recognized as an asset (***)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

65

 

 

43

 

 

65

 

 

43

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Net pension Accruals (***)

 

 

(494

)

 

(494

)

 

(380

)

 

(313

)

 

(874

)

 

(807

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



(*)

Refer to Note 11

(**)

As Thomson has adopted IAS19 revised in 2004, all actuarial gains and losses are recognized in the SORIE, there are no more unrecognized actuarial gains or losses

(***)

Thomson recognized separately reimbursement rights related to certain of its postretirement medical plan in the United States as a separate assets as required by IAS 19 revised in an amounts of € 65 million and € 43 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. This asset is posted in other non-current assets.

(d) Actuarial gain and losses

(€ in million)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 

Opening cumulative amount of actuarial gain and losses recognised in SORIE

 

 

(23

)

 

—  

 

Actuarial gain and losses of the year

 

 

(58

)

 

(23

)

 

 



 



 

Closing cumulative amount of actuarial gain and losses recognised in SORIE

 

 

(81

)

 

(23

)

 

 



 



 


26.3

Elements of the income statement

 

 

 

Total expense for pensions and other benefits for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 is detailed as follows:


 

 

Pension benefits

 

Medical post-retirement benefits

 

Total benefits

 

 

 


 


 


 

(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Service cost (*)

 

 

(19

)

 

(24

)

 

(4

)

 

(4

)

 

(23

)

 

(28

)

Financial component of benefits (**)

 

 

(32

)

 

(35

)

 

(22

)

 

(22

)

 

(54

)

 

(57

)

Expected return on plan assets (**)

 

 

13

 

 

12

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

13

 

 

12

 

Amortization of prior service costs

 

 

—  

 

 

(7

)

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

(5

)

Effect of curtailment

 

 

5

 

 

(8

)

 

—  

 

 

4

 

 

5

 

 

(4

)

Effect of settlement

 

 

—  

 

 

(3

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(3

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total Net Periodic Pension Cost

 

 

(33

)

 

(65

)

 

(24

)

 

(20

)

 

(57

)

 

(85

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Service costs on reimbursement rights

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

Financial components on reimbursement rights (**)

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

3

 

 

2

 

 

3

 

 

2

 

Net Pension costs

 

 

(33

)

 

(65

)

 

(19

)

 

(16

)

 

(52

)

 

(81

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



(*)

of which € 1 million is posted in Profit (loss) from discontinued operations in 2005.

(**)

of which € 29 million and € 35 million, net, are posted in Income from continuing Operation (in financial result).

- 73 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

Financial component of pension plan expenses, expected return on assets, financial components on any reimbursement rights are recognized through financial income.

26.4

Plan assets

When defined benefit plans are funded, mainly in the US, U.K. and Canada, the investment strategy of the benefit plans aims to match the investment portfolio to the membership profile. Asset performance is reviewed on a quarterly basis and the asset allocation strategy is reviewed on an annual basis.
The actual return on plan assets amounts to € 14 million and € 16 million for the year ended 2005 and 2004 respectively.

Thomson pension plans weighted-average asset allocations by asset category are as follows:

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Allocation of
plan assets

 

Allocation of
the fair value of
plan assets

 

Allocation of
plan assets

 

Allocation of
the fair value of
plan assets

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Equity securities

 

 

55

%

 

101

 

 

58

%

 

104

 

Debt securities

 

 

44

%

 

82

 

 

39

%

 

70

 

Other

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

3

%

 

5

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

100

%

 

183

 

 

100

%

 

179

 

 

 



 



 



 



 


26.5

Information by geographic area

The following information summarizes (a) the reserve for employee benefits, (b) the benefit obligations, (c) the fair value of assets and (d) the unrecognized benefit obligation by geographic area.

(a) Reserve for employee benefits

(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 

Pension plan(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NAFTA (2)

 

 

105

 

 

80

 

Germany

 

 

293

 

 

292

 

France

 

 

74

 

 

67

 

Other countries (2)

 

 

22

 

 

55

 

 

 



 



 

Sub-total

 

 

494

 

 

494

 

 

 



 



 

Medical post-retirement benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NAFTA (2)

 

 

445

 

 

356

 

 

 



 



 

Total reserves for employee benefits

 

 

939

 

 

850

 

 

 



 



 



(1)

Pension plans in France and Italy relate to retirement indemnities.

(2)

"NAFTA" includes the US, Canada and Mexico. "Other countries" mainly relate to United Kingdom.

(b) Actuarial present value of benefit obligations

 

 

Pension benefits

 

Medical post-retirement benefits

 

Total benefits

 

 

 


 


 


 

(€ in millions)
Present value of benefit obligation

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 

NAFTA affiliates

 

 

(221

)

 

(208

)

 

(431

)

 

(342

)

 

(652

)

 

(550

)

German affiliates

 

 

(300

)

 

(292

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(300

)

 

(292

)

French affiliates

 

 

(71

)

 

(60

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(71

)

 

(60

)

Other affiliates

 

 

(89

)

 

(108

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(89

)

 

(108

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

(681

)

 

(668

)

 

(431

)

 

(342

)

 

(1,112

)

 

(1,010

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

- 74 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(c) Fair value of plan assets

 

 

Pension benefits

 

Medical post-retirement benefits

 

Total benefits

 

 

 


 


 


 

(€ in millions)
Present value of benefit obligation

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

NAFTA affiliates

 

 

116

 

 

126

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

116

 

 

126

 

German affiliates

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

French affiliates

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Other affiliates

 

 

67

 

 

53

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

67

 

 

53

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

183

 

 

179

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

183

 

 

179

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 


The Group estimates cash outflows related to pension and Medical post-retirement benefits plans amounted to € 35 million in 2006, broken down as follow:

 

-

€ 27 million for our pension plans in the US

 

-

€ 8 million for our pension plan in the UK

(d) Summary of unrecognised obligations to be amortized

 

 

Pension benefits

 

Medical post-retirement benefits

 

Total benefits

 

 

 


 


 


 

(€ in millions)
Unrecognized actuarial prior
service (cost) gain

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 

NAFTA affiliates

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(14

)

 

(14

)

 

(14

)

 

(14

)

German affiliates

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

French affiliates

 

 

(3

)

 

(5

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(3

)

 

(5

)

Other affiliates

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total unrecognized prior service (cost) gain

 

 

(3

)

 

(5

)

 

(14

)

 

(14

)

 

(17

)

 

(19

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 


26.6

Assumptions used in actuarial calculations

The following table details the assumption used for determining the benefit obligation:

 

 

Pension benefits

 

Medical post-retirement benefits

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Discount rate

 

 

4.44

%

 

5.13

%

 

5.74

%

 

6.00

%

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

6.38

%

 

6.73

%

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Average long term rate of compensation increase

 

 

3.11

%

 

3.14

%

 

4.00

%

 

4.00

%

 

 



 



 



 



 

The long-term rates of return on plan assets have been determined for each plan in consideration of the investment policies, the expected return for each component of the investment portfolio and other local factors in the country of the plan.

The average assumption rate for the increase of the health care cost pre 65 / post 65 will be  7.50 % / 10.5%  in 2006, 6.75% / 9.0% in 2007, 6.0 % / 7.5% in 2008, 5.25% / 6.0% in 2009  and 5.0% / 5.0% thereafter.

The effect of a one point increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate would increase the accumulated medical post-retirement benefits as of December 31, 2005 by € 40.5 million at December 31, 2005 closing rate, and the service and financial components of the 2005 post-retirement benefit expenses by € 3 million at December 31, 2005 closing rate.

- 75 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

The effect of a one point decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate would decrease the accumulated medical post-retirement benefits as of December 31, 2005 by € 34.5 million at December 31, 2005 closing rate, and the service and financial components of the 2005 post-retirement benefit expense by € 2 million at December 31, 2005 closing rate.

27

PROVISIONS FOR OTHER LIABILITIES AND CHARGES

 

 

27.1

Restructuring provisions


(€  in millions)

 

December 31, 2005

 

December 31, 2004

 


 



 



 

Provision at the beginning of the year

 

 

76

 

 

95

 

 

 



 



 

Current year expense (1)

 

 

130

 

 

820

 

Release of provision (1)

 

 

(17

)

 

(19

)

Usage during the period

 

 

(92

)

 

(195

)

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

7

 

 

(3

)

Reclassification to Held for Sale

 

 

(34

)

 

—  

 

Other movements (2)

 

 

(16

)

 

(622

)

 

 



 



 

Provision at the end of the year

 

 

54

 

 

76

 

 

 



 



 

Of which current

 

 

45

 

 

76

 

Of which non-current

 

 

9

 

 

—  

 



(1)

Restructuring costs, net of release have been posted as follow in the consolidated income statements:


(€ in millions)

 

Year ended December 31, 2005

 

Year ended December 31, 2004

 


 



 



 

Income from Continuing Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale general and administrative costs and other

 

 

(51

)

 

(70

)

Income from discontinued operations

 

 

(62

)

 

(731

)

 

 



 



 

Total restructuring costs

 

 

(113

)

 

(801

)

 

 



 



 


 

The restructuring expenses, recognized in Income from continuing operations, include for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:


(€ in millions)

 

Year ended December 31, 2005

 

Year ended December 31, 2004

 


 



 



 

Termination costs

 

 

(50

)

 

(59

)

Write off of assets

 

 

(1

)

 

(11

)

 

 



 



 

Total restructuring expenses

 

 

(51

)

 

(70

)

 

 



 



 



(2)

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, this amount includes mainly write-down of assets. All write-downs are reclassified against assets prior to disposals. The impact of this reclassification for years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 amounts to € -3 million and € -601 million, respectively.

- 76 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

27.2

Other provisions


(€ in millions)

 

Warranty

 

Others (1)

 

Total (2)

 


 



 



 



 

As of January 1, 2004 (*)

 

 

79

 

 

87

 

 

166

 

Current period additional provision

 

 

84

 

 

76

 

 

160

 

Release of provision

 

 

(3

)

 

(28

)

 

(31

)

Usage during the period

 

 

(93

)

 

(43

)

 

(136

)

Currency translation adjustments and other

 

 

(17

)

 

(6

)

 

(23

)

 

 



 



 



 

As of December 31, 2004

 

 

50

 

 

86

 

 

136

 

 

 



 



 



 

Current period additional provision (*)

 

 

64

 

 

272

 

 

336

 

Release of provision

 

 

(5

)

 

(103

)

 

(108

)

Usage during the period

 

 

(63

)

 

(25

)

 

(88

)

Currency translation adjustments and other

 

 

(8

)

 

(6

)

 

(14

)

 

 



 



 



 

As of December 31, 2005

 

 

38

 

 

224

 

 

262

 

 

 



 



 



 



(*)

Refer to 37.3 (h) §i.

 

 

(1)

For the year ended December 31, 2005, other reserves accruals are mainly related to the disposal of the Tubes plants.

(2)

Split of Total provisions between non-current and current:

 

- as of December 31, 2004, € 55 million classified as non-current and € 81million as current,

 

- as of December 31, 2005, € 185 million  classified as non-current and € 77 million as current.


28

SHARE BASED PAYMENTS

Stock option plans and dilutive potential ordinary shares

 

In accordance with the transition provisions of IFRS 2 “Share Based Payments”, IFRS 2 has been applied to all grants made after November 7, 2002 that were unvested as of January 1, 2005. As a result, only the following stock option plans are accounted for under IFRS 2:

 

 

 

 

-

On September 22, 2004, the board of Directors approved on a stock option plan for 574 beneficiaries. 3,599,900 options have been granted to employees and directors. Half of these options will vest on September 22, 2007 and the remaining 50% will vest on September 22, 2008. They may be exercised up to 10 years from the date of grant.

 

 

 

-

On April 19, 2005, the board of Directors approved on a new stock option plan for 93 beneficiaries from which 719 400 options have been granted to employees and directors. Half of these options will vest on April 19, 2008 and the remaining 50% will vest on April 19, 2009. They may be exercised up to 10 years from the date of grant.

 

 

 

-

On December 8, 2005, the board of Directors approved on a new stock option plan for 390 beneficiaries from which 1 993 175 options have been granted to employees and directors. Half of these options will vest on December 8, 2008 and the remaining 50% will vest on December 8, 2009. They may be exercised up to 10 years from the date of grant.

- 77 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

At December 31, 2005, the main characteristics of the stock option plans covered by IFRS 2 were as follows:


 

 

Plan September 22, 2004

 

Plan April 19, 2005

 

Plan December 8, 2005

 

 

 



 



 



 

Number of options granted

 

 

3,599,900

 

 

719,400

 

 

1,993,175

 

Vesting date

 

 

50% as of September 2007
50% as of September 2008

 

 

50% as of April 2008
50% as of April 2009

 

 

50% as of December 2008
50% as of December 2009

 

Option life

 

 

10 years

 

 

10 years

 

 

10 years

 

Exercise price

 

 

16.00 Euros

 

 

20.82 Euros

 

 

17.73 Euros

 

Estimated fair values of the options granted

 

 

6.53 Euros

 

 

7.32 Euros

 

 

6.88 Euros

 

Number of options cancelled since the beginning of the plan

 

 

193,110

 

 

22,400

 

 

 

Number of options outstanding

 

 

3,406,790

 

 

697,000

 

 

1,993,175

 

 

 



 



 



 


 

Movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:


 

 

Number of
share options

 

Weighted Average Exercise
Price (In €)

 

 

 



 



 

Outstanding as of January 01, 2004

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 

Granted

 

 

3,599,900

 

 

16.0

 

Exercised

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Forfeited

 

 

(10,590

)

 

16.0

 

Expired

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2004

 

 

3,589,310

 

 

16.0
(with an average remaining contractual life of 9.8 years)

 

 

 



 



 

Out of which exercisable

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Granted

 

 

2,712,575

 

 

18.6

 

Exercised

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Forfeited

 

 

(204,920

)

 

16.5

 

Expired

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2005

 

 

6,096,965

 

 

17.1
(ranging from 16 € to 20.82 €, with an average remaining contractual life of 9.2 years)

 

 

 



 



 

Out of which exercisable

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Common stock call option agreement in connection with the formation of “TCL-Thomson Electronics” (TTE)

 

In connection with the Combination Agreement with TCL Corporation (“TCL Corp”) to form “TCL-Thomson Electronics” (TTE), Thomson may provide employee bonuses in the form of shares of Thomson’s stock to certain former employees of Thomson now employed by TTE.

 

At grant date, the maximum amount of options to be provided by Thomson was 545,279 and the estimated fair value of the option granted to TTE employees amounts to 15.1€.

 

The options are vested progressively from August 2004 to August 2007 depending unpon certain conditions.

- 78 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

Stock option retention agreement in connection with acquisitions

 

Inventel: On March 29, 2005, Thomson acquired 100% of Inventel.

 

In addition to the total consideration paid for the acquisition, a maximum number of 1,760,000 shares are granted at a cost of € 20.72 per share depending on retention conditions and vest 50% on July 1, 2006 (exercisable until September 30, 2007) and 50% on July 1, 2007 (exercisable until February 29, 2008). Such number of shares may decrease to cap to € 8.8 million the total possible gain for the stock holder for each of the two vesting dates.

 

At grant date, the weighted estimated fair value of the option granted to Inventel employees amounts to 3.2€ per option.

 

 

 

Cirpack: On April 20, 2005, Thomson acquired 100% of Cirpack.

 

In addition to the total consideration paid for the acquisition, a maximum number of 2,024,674 shares are granted at a cost of € 20.23 per share depending on retention conditions and vest 50% in April 20, 2006 and 50% in April 20, 2007. Such number of shares may decrease to cap to €14 million the total possible gain for the stock holder. At the participant's option, this plan can be settled in cash.

 

At grant date, the weighted estimated fair value of the option granted to Cirpack employees amounts to 1.8 €.

Summary for the movement of stock options in connection with TTE, Cirpack and Inventel:

 

 

Number of share options
for retention plans

 

Weighted Average Exercise
Price (In €)

 

 

 


 


 

Outstanding as of January 01, 2004

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 

Granted

 

 

403,441

 

 

0.0

 

Exercised

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Forfeited

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Expired

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2004

 

 

403,441

 

 

0.0
(with an average remaining contractual life of 1.5 years)

 

 

 



 



 

Out of which exercisable

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Granted

 

 

3,784,674

 

 

20.5

 

Exercised

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Forfeited

 

 

(70,110

)

 

0.0

 

Expired

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2005

 

 

4,118,005

 

 

18.8
(ranging from 0 € to 20.7 €, with an average remaining contractual life of 1.4 years)

 

 

 



 



 

Out of which exercisable

 

 

117,355

 

 

0.0

 

Significant assumptions used

 

The estimated fair values of the options granted were calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 

For Inventel and Cirpack retention plans, the number of options depends on future market conditions (gain caped to a global gain ceiling). For these plans, the fair value of options was determined using the Black and Scholes formula modified to take into account the gain ceiling.

- 79 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

The inputs into the model were as follows:


 

 

For stock options
plans granted
in 2005

 

For stock options
plans granted
in 2004

 

For TTE option
plan granted
in 2004

 

For Cirpack option
plan granted (*)

 

For Inventel option
plan granted
in 2004

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Weighted average share price at measurement date

 

 

18.4

 

16.5

 

15.5

 

17.8

 

21.3

Weighted average exercise price

 

 

18.6

 

16

 

0

 

20.2

 

20.7

Expected volatility

 

 

35

%

 

35

%

 

N/A

 

 

24

%

 

21

%

Expected life

 

 

7 years

 

 

9 years

 

 

2 years

 

 

1 year

 

 

3 years

 

Risk free rate

 

 

3.6

%

 

4

%

 

4

%

 

2.7

%

 

2.8

%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

1.8

%

 

1.8

%

 

1.8

%

 

1.8

%

 

1.8

%

Fair value at measurement date

 

 

6.5

 

6.5

 

15.1

 

0.7

 

3.2

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



(*)

Cirpack’s plan requires remeasurement at each balance sheet date because it can be cash settled. Therefore indicated value for this plan is updated as of December 31, 2005 and the change in fair value (- 1.1€ per option) is recognized as compensation expense with counterpart in liabilities.


 

For share options plan, Thomson considered an expected turn over of 8% based on historical observation.

 

 

 

Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate during a period. The measure of volatility used in option-pricing models is the annualized standard deviation of the continuously compounded rates of return on the stock over a period of time.

 

Factors that have been considered in estimating expected volatility for long term maturity stock option plan include:

 

- The historical volatility of Thomson's stock over the longer period available.

 

- Change of Thomson's business profile.

 

For shorter maturity options, expected volatility was determined based on implied volatility on Thomson's share observable at grant date.

Compensation expenses charged to income this year

(€ in million)

 

Year ended
December 31,
2005 (*)

 

Year ended
December 31, 2004

 


 



 



 

Employees subscription options plans

 

 

(6

)

 

(2

)

Retention Plans (**)

 

 

(6

)

 

(1

)

 

 



 



 

TOTAL

 

 

(12

)

 

(3

)

 

 



 



 



(*)

The counterpart of this expense has been credited for € 11 million to equity and for € 1 million to liability.

(**)

Out of which € 3 million and € 1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively are related to other than Thomson employees.

- 80 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

Elements concerning the plans to which IFRS 2 has not been applied (granted before 7 November 2002 and/or vested as of January 1, 2005)

 

 

 

The equity instruments not restated under IFRS 2 in accordance with IFRS 1 are as follows:

 

 

-

BASAs (“Bons d’Achat et de Souscription d’Actions”) for the Group’s employees that were entirely vested prior to December 31, 2004,

 

 

-

Thomson common shares attributed to TTE employees prior to December 31, 2004, for the part vested prior to December 31, 2004

 

 

-

Stock options granted in 2004 as a replacement of stock option rights granted prior to November 7, 2002

 

 

-

Stock options plans granted prior to November 7, 2002


 

 

Plan 1

 

Plan 2

 

TTE  Options

 

“BASA” Bons d’Acquisition ou
de Souscription d’Actions

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Day of Grant

 

 

December 18, 2000
March 16, 2001
July 23, 2001

 

 

October 12, 2001

 

 

July 31, 2004

 

 

September 15, 2004

 

Number of options granted

 

 

4,018,500

 

 

3,540,300

 

 

141,838

 

 

3,100,000 (*)

 

Vesting date

 

 

50% as of December 18, 2003
50% as of December 18, 2004

 

 

50% as of October 12, 2004
50% as of October 12, 2005

 

 

August 31, 2004

 

 

On the day of grant
(September 15, 2004)

 

Option life

 

 

10 years

 

 

10 years

 

 

August 31, 2004

 

 

Till June 30, 2006

 

Exercise price

 

 

55.90 Euros

 

 

31.50 Euros

 

 

0 Euros

 

 

16 Euros

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



(*)

This number corresponds only to the BASA attributed to Thomson employees in the total 12,471,368 BASA given to shareholders.

The detail of stock options not accounted for under IFRS 2 because of IFRS 1 exceptions is as follow:

 

 

Number of options

 

Weighted Average Exercise
Price (In €)

 

 

 



 



 

Outstanding as of January 01, 2004

 

 

5,983,400

 

 

43.9

 

Granted

 

 

7,008,528

 

 

15.7

 

Exercised

 

 

(141,838

)

 

0.0

 

Cancelled (exchanged)

 

 

(3,972,000

)

 

42.3

 

Forfeited

 

 

(394,010

)

 

51.0

 

Expired

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2004

 

 

8,484.080

 

 

21.8
(with an average remaining contractual life of 6.3 years)

 

 

 



 



 

Out of which exercisable

 

 

1,299,000

 

 

49.8

 

Granted

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Exercised

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Forfeited

 

 

(963,130

)

 

39.4

 

Expired

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2005

 

 

7,520,950

 

 

19.5
(with an average remaining contractual life of 5.4 years)

 

 

 



 



 

Out of which exercisable

 

 

905,200

 

 

45.1

 

- 81 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

29

OTHER CURRENT AND NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES


(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 

Non-current royalties

 

 

103

 

 

129

 

 

 



 



 

Total other non-current liabilities

 

 

103

 

 

129

 

 

 



 



 

Taxes payable

 

 

116

 

 

93

 

Current royalties

 

 

176

 

 

257

 

Long lived assets acquisition balance

 

 

14

 

 

64

 

Other

 

 

444

 

 

386

 

 

 



 



 

Total current liabilities

 

 

750

 

 

800

 

 

 



 



 


30

PAYABLES ON ACQUISITION OF COMPANIES


As of December 31, 2004, the amount of promissory notes outstanding was € 84 million (USD 115 million) of which € 9 million was for accrued interest, related to the acquisition of Technicolor.

On March 16, 2005, Thomson repaid the last promissory notes for a total amount of € 86.3 million (USD 115 million) of which € 9.5 million (USD 13 million) was for accrued interest.

 

As of December 31, 2005, Thomson has a debt toward Thales regarding the acquisition of Thales Broadcast & Multimedia (TBM) on December 2005 for a gross amount of € 138 million.


31

EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

 

 

The calculation of the diluted earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the parent presented is as follows:


 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 



 



 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings from continuing operations available to common shareholders (€ in millions)

 

 

98,013

 

 

332,018

 

Denominator (weighted shares in thousands)

 

 

293,796

 

 

298,762

 

Of which

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BASA’s

 

 

1,964

 

 

299

 

Silverlake convertible (September 2004)

 

 

23,417

 

 

6,704

 

Cirpack and Inventel options (weighted)

 

 

924

 

 

—  

 

Other stock options

 

 

830

 

 

139

 

Other convertible

 

 

—  

 

 

17,973

 

 

 



 



 


 

The following reflects the income data used in the diluted earnings per share computations:


(€ in millions)

 

2005

 

2004

 


 



 



 

Profit from continuing activities attributable to ordinary shareholders

 

 

175

 

 

324

 

Potential interest on subordinated note

 

 

(5

)

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 

Profit from continuing activities attributable to ordinary shareholders for basic earnings per share

 

 

170

 

 

324

 

 

 



 



 

Fair value impact of derivative on convertible bond in foreign currency

 

 

(69

)

 

—  

 

Interest on convertible bonds for those which are dilutive

 

 

(3

)

 

8

 

 

 



 



 

Profit from continuing activities attributable to ordinary shareholders for diluted earnings per share

 

 

98

 

 

332

 

 

 



 



 

- 82 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

32

Information on employees

 

 

 

The geographical breakdown of the number of employees of the Group is as follows:


 

 

Year ended
December 31, 2005

 

Year ended
December 31, 2004

 

 

 



 



 

Europe (1)

 

 

9,435

 

 

16,609

 

North America

 

 

12,334

 

 

12,992

 

Asia (2)

 

 

7,441

 

 

12,842

 

Other countries (3)

 

 

3,265

 

 

6,636

 

 

 



 



 

Number of employees in subsidiaries

 

 

32,475

 

 

49,079

 

Number of employees in entities consolidated under the equity method

 

 

34,201

 

 

32,354

 

 

 



 



 

Total employees

 

 

66,676

 

 

81,433

 

 

 



 



 

(1) Of which Poland

 

 

970

 

 

5,416

 

(2) Of which People’s Republic of China including Hong Kong

 

 

6,034

 

 

11,030

 

(3) Of which Mexico

 

 

2,204

 

 

5,647

 


 

The total “Employee benefits expenses” is detailed as follows:


(€ in millions)

 

Year ended
December 31, 2005

 

Year ended
December 31, 2004

 


 



 



 

Wages and salaries

 

 

1,044

 

 

1,275

 

Social security costs (a)

 

 

202

 

 

299

 

Compensation expenses linked to share options granted to directors and employees (b)

 

 

9

 

 

2

 

Pension costs - defined benefit plans

 

 

52

 

 

81

 

Termination benefits and other long-term benefits(c)

 

 

54

 

 

61

 

 

 



 



 

Total Employee benefits expenses (excluding defined contribution plans)

 

 

1,361

 

 

1,718

 

 

 



 



 

Pension costs - defined contribution plans

 

 

44

 

 

N/A

 

 

 



 



 



(a)

Includes the defined contribution expenses paid within a legal and mandatory social regime.

(b)

For details refer to Note 28 on “Share based payments”.

(c)

Include termination costs of € 50 million and € 59 million in 2005 and 2004 respectively. These costs were posted in restructuring expenses in the income statement (see Note 27).

- 83 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

33

Acquisition of subsidiaries, associates and investments


(€ in millions)

 

Year ended December 31, 2005

 

Year ended December 31, 2004

 


 



 



 

Inventel

 

 

(82

)

 

—  

 

Cirpack

 

 

(40

)

 

—  

 

ContentGuard

 

 

(20

)

 

—  

 

PRN

 

 

(248

)

 

—  

 

Command Post

 

 

—  

 

 

(11

)

Hughes Network Systems

 

 

—  

 

 

(204

)

The Moving Picture Company

 

 

(11

)

 

(78

)

Nextamp

 

 

(7

)

 

—  

 

VCF Thématiques

 

 

(11

)

 

—  

 

TTE (1)

 

 

—  

 

 

(115

)

Other

 

 

(35

)

 

(108

)

Videocon industries

 

 

(240

)

 

—  

 

Technicolor

 

 

(77

)

 

(83

)

 

 



 



 

Acquisition of investments

 

 

(771

)

 

(599

)

 

 



 



 

Less cash position of companies acquired

 

 

61

 

 

13

 

 

 



 



 

Acquisition of investments, net

 

 

(710

)

 

(586

)

 

 



 



 



(1)

The 2004 negative cash flow effect on TTE is linked to the disposal of Thomson television business and the creation of TTE.

- 84 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

34

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS


 

The two tables presented below provide information regarding contractual obligations and commercial commitments for the year ended December 31, 2005 for which the company is obliged to make future cash payments. These tables include firm commitments that would result in unconditional or contingent future payments, but exclude all options since the latter are not considered as firm commitments or obligations. When an obligation leading to future payments can be cancelled through a penalty payment, the future payments included in the tables are those that management has determined most likely to occur given the two alternatives. No material commitment is omitted in this Note, in accordance with IFRS.

 

 

 

Guarantees given by entities of the Group securing debt, capital leases, operating leases or any other obligations or commitments of other entities of the Group are not disclosed as the related obligations are already included in the two tables below.


 

 

December 31,
2004
Total

 

December 31,
2005
Total

 

Amount of commitments expiring per period

 

 

 

 

 


 

Contractual obligations
(€ in millions)

 

 

 

Less than
1 year

 

> 1 and =< 3
years

 

> 3 and =< 5
years

 

After 5
years

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Financial debt (1)

 

 

2,501

 

 

2,322

 

 

1,464

 

 

21

 

 

515

 

 

322

 

Of which capital lease liability (2)

 

 

51

 

 

83

 

 

12

 

 

22

 

 

22

 

 

27

 

Payables on acquisition and disposal of companies (1)

 

 

84

 

 

310

 

 

310

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Unconditional future payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases (2)

 

 

425

 

 

383

 

 

85

 

 

132

 

 

80

 

 

86

 

Other (3)

 

 

68

 

 

119

 

 

80

 

 

18

 

 

19

 

 

2

 

Unconditional purchase obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial investments (4)

 

 

16

 

 

32

 

 

31

 

 

1

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

9

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Contingent future payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantees given (5)

 

 

181

 

 

167

 

 

2

 

 

50

 

 

26

 

 

89

 

Other conditional obligations (6)

 

 

71

 

 

200

 

 

103

 

 

63

 

 

15

 

 

19

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 



(1)

Financial debt and payables on acquisition and disposal of companies are reported for their principal amounts and accrued interest. Future interest expense and the impact of interest rate swaps are not reported in this table. Currency swaps, hedging operations and foreign exchange options are described below in a separate table.

(2)

Operating and finance leases are described below in this Note.

(3)

Other unconditional future payments relate to information technology service agreements, general sponsoring agreements entered into in the US., guarantees given for assets disposal, and other contractual advances.

(4)

In December 2005, Thomson announced the acquisition of at least 33.3% of the issued and outstanding shares of Canopus Co. Ltd, a Japan-based leader in high-definintion desktop video editing software, and launched a public tender offer for the remaining Canopus shares. The total value of the private transaction combined with the pending tender offer would represent approximately € 91 million for 100% shares. Therefore, as of December 31, 2005 a commitment of € 30 million is reported.

(5)

Guarantees given for disposal of assets.

(6)

Conditional obligations include contingent earn out payments related to the purchase of 20% of Technicolor Digital Cinema L.L.C. and other obligations. In 2005, Thomson granted to banks of Videocon a guarantee for an amount of € 59 million, and reciprocally the Group received from Videocon a guarantee for the same amount (€ 59 million).

- 85 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

 

December 31,
2004
Total

 

December 31,
2005
Total

 

Amount of commitments expiring per period

 

 

 

 

 


 

Commercial commitments
(€ in millions)

 

 

 

Less than
1 year

 

> 1 and =< 3
years

 

> 3 and =< 5
years

 

After 5
years

 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Unconditional future payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Royalties (1)

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Commercial purchase obligations (2)

 

 

165

 

 

109

 

 

65

 

 

37

 

 

7

 

 

—  

 

Contingent future payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantees given:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-  to suppliers

 

 

25

 

 

24

 

 

15

 

 

8

 

 

—  

 

 

1

 

- for legal court proceedings and custom duties (3)

 

 

65

 

 

62

 

 

24

 

 

8

 

 

1

 

 

29

 

-  other (4)

 

 

19

 

 

39

 

 

34

 

 

2

 

 

2

 

 

1

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Total

 

 

109

 

 

125

 

 

73

 

 

18

 

 

3

 

 

31

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Standby letters of credit (5)

 

 

68

 

 

79

 

 

79

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Other commercial commitments

 

 

10

 

 

8

 

 

2

 

 

6

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 



(1)

Royalties to be paid for which future amounts are fixed. Royalties to be paid for which the amount is based on a per unit basis are not included, except if a fixed minimum amount will be charged. These are mainly related to licensing fee agreements.

 

 

(2)

Include commitments to buy advertising space for € 56 million in its Screenvision activity.

 

 

(3)

These guarantees comprise:

 

 

 

-

Guarantees for customs duties amount to € 43 million and comprise mainly duty deferment guarantees, required by the customs administration to benefit from a derogatory customs regime. Imported goods are normally taxed when they enter the territory. In the case of regular import flows, customs may grant a derogatory regime, under which a cumulated duty payment is made after a determined one-month credit period. The carrying value of this guarantee is to cover the duties to be paid during the credit period.

 

-

The Group also grants to customs administrations various operation guarantees to exempt from duties goods transiting through custom warehouses for re-exportation, and transit guarantees in order that taxes are paid on goods only at their final destination in the import country. The maturity of these bank guarantees match the one-month renewable term of the agreements.

 

-

Guarantees given for legal court proceedings amount to € 19 million, including a € 12 million bank guarantee that Thomson gave to the Italian direct tax office in order to be allowed to pay by instalment its tax debt resulting from the reassessment of its taxable income from 1993 to 1998.

 

 

 

(4)

Under the terms of many of its long-term contracts, the Group must provide to its clients performance guarantees issued by banks. For the twelve months period ended December 31, 2005 and as of December 31, 2004 these guarantees amount to € 34 million, and € 9 million respectively, mainly related to its broadcast activities.

 

 

(5)

Standby letters of credit relate mainly to guarantees in favor of suppliers.

- 86 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

Commitments related to financial instruments held by the Group generate both future cash payments and receipts. Therefore they have not been disclosed in the two tables above. These commitments are disclosed in the following table as follows:

 

-

Forward exchange contracts, swaps and options and metal hedging contracts: for their related cash inflow and outflow amounts.

 

-

Interest rate swaps: for the underlying nominal debt amounts.


(€ in millions)

 

December 31, 2005

 

December 31, 2004

 


 



 



 

Currency swaps

 

 

1,544

 

 

1,581

 

Forward exchange contracts

 

 

665

 

 

1,157

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

1,257

 

 

195

 

Metals hedging contracts

 

 

—  

 

 

8

 

Foreign exchange options

 

 

74

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 

Total commitments given

 

 

3,540

 

 

2,941

 

 

 



 



 

Currency swaps

 

 

1,536

 

 

1,680

 

Forward exchange contracts

 

 

667

 

 

1,157

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

1,257

 

 

195

 

Metals hedging contracts

 

 

—  

 

 

8

 

Foreign exchange options

 

 

75

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 

Total commitments received

 

 

3,535

 

 

3,040

 

 

 



 



 


 

Guarantees and commitments received amount to € 61 million and € 2 million as of December 31, 2005 and as of December 31, 2004, respectively.

 

 

Operating and finance leases

 

 

 

Commitments related to future minimum and non-cancelable lease payments are detailed below:


 

 

At December 31, 2005

 

At December 31, 2004

 

 

 


 


 

(€ in millions)

 

Finance
leases (1)

 

Operating
leases

 

Finance
leases (1)

 

Operating
leases

 


 



 



 



 



 

2005

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

13

 

 

83

 

2006

 

 

12

 

 

85

 

 

12

 

 

65

 

2007

 

 

11

 

 

73

 

 

11

 

 

53

 

2008

 

 

11

 

 

59

 

 

10

 

 

42

 

2009

 

 

11

 

 

43

 

 

5

 

 

37

 

2010

 

 

11

 

 

37

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

After 5 years

 

 

27

 

 

86

 

 

—  

 

 

145

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total minimum future lease payments

 

 

83

 

 

383

 

 

51

 

 

425

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Less interest payments

 

 

(13

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net present value of minimum commitments

 

 

70

 

 

383

 

 

51

 

 

425

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



(1)

Included in borrowings

- 87 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

Significant finance leases

 

 

 

The two main finance leases relates to the Services Division (€ 46 million in Mexico and € 18 million in the UK).

 

 

 

Significant operating leases

 

 

 

 

 

In 2000, two leases were contracted related to the sales of office buildings in Boulogne and Indianapolis and are accounted for as operating leases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

Thomson S.A. sold an office building located in Boulogne-Billancourt, France for € 91 million (€ 89 million net of costs) on February 29, 2000. The building was leased back from the purchaser for a six-year period. The lease requires Thomson S.A. to pay customary operating and repair expenses and to observe certain operating restrictions and covenants. In 2005 the lease has been extended for a three-year period additional to the initial lease term.

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

Thomson, Inc. sold a US. office building (administration and technical services buildings) in March 2000 for € 57 million net of costs. The buildings were leased back from the purchaser for a twelve-year period. The lease requires Thomson, Inc. to pay customary operating and repair expenses and to observe certain operating restrictions and covenants. The lease contains renewal options at the end of the initial lease period.


35

Contingencies

 

 

Legal Proceedings

 

 

 

          In the normal course of the business, the Group is involved in legal proceedings and is subject to tax, customs and administrative regulation. The Group’s general policy is to accrue a reserve when a risk of an obligation to a third-party is identified, the outcome of which may result in a potential liability that can be reasonably estimated.

 

 

US Customs Service Investigation

 

 

 

          In January 1998, a grand jury investigation was initiated by the US Attorney’s Office in Baltimore, Maryland. This investigation was conducted by the US Department of Justice relating to the transfer pricing used in the importation of picture tubes by Thomson, Inc. from an Italian subsidiary of the Group between 1993 and June 1998. In October 2002, the US government informed the Company that it has declined to prosecute the grand jury case.

 

 

 

          A civil investigation was also initiated by the US Customs Service (“US Customs”), which first issued pre-penalty notices on December 21, 1998 alleging that certain subsidiaries of the Group and five of its employees intentionally undervalued television tubes imported by the Group from the Italian affiliate. In January 1999, all actions with respect to the pre-penalty notices were suspended in exchange for a series of waivers of the statute of limitations extending through September 2005.

 

 

 

          On December 21, 2004, a penalty notice was issued by the US Customs that withdrew allegations of fraud and any action on years 1997 and 1998, also indicating that no penalty should be issued against individual officers and employees of Thomson. In settlement discussions subsequent to the issuance of the penalty notice, Thomson made an offer of compromise (without admitting or denying liability) representing payment of duties in the amount of USD 5.6 million. US Customs accepted the offer on June 23, 2005, and the case is now closed.

- 88 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

Italian tax litigation

 

 

 

          The Italian “Guardia di Finanza” tax police conducted a tax verification of the Italian subsidiary of the Group, Videocolor S.p.A, which had exported picture tubes to Thomson, Inc. during the years 1993 through 1998. In its report transmitted to the Italian Direct Taxes Local Office in December 1999, the Guardia di Finanza recommended increasing the prices of the tubes exported to Thomson, Inc., and, as a consequence, increasing the taxable income of Videocolor S.p.A. The taxable income increase, as proposed for the years 1993 through 1998, with regard to picture tube prices, amounts to € 31 million.  With regard to the years 1993 and 1994, Videocolor S.p.A. elected in May 2003 after having received partially favorable decisions from the Courts, to apply for the new tax amnesty, enacted y the Italian Parliament in 2003 and paid a total amount of € 1.35 million following this amnesty application.  Videocolor is able to use all the tax losses originating from 1993 and the previous years.

 

 

 

          With regard to the year 1995, the Direct Taxes Local Office gave notice in 2001 of an assessment resulting in (i) additional taxes amounting to € 4.2 million and (ii) tax penalties amounting to € 4.2 million (before interest). The taxable income increase, as proposed for 1995, also mainly relates to picture tube prices. Videocolor S.p.A. appealed this assessment on October 25, 2001, before the competent tax jurisdiction of Frosinone in Italy, which made a decision on March 17, 2003 to reject almost all of the assessment of the Italian Tax authorities. Tax office appealed, on October 30, 2003 and before the court of Latina, this decision and Videocolor S.p.A. challenged this appeal.

 

 

 

          On September 2002, the Direct Taxes Local Office gave notices of two assessments with regard to 1996 and 1997 fiscal years resulting in (i) additional taxes amounting to € 3.5 million and € 1.8 million, respectively and (ii) tax penalties amounting to € 3.5 million and € 1.8 million, respectively. Videocolor S.p.A. challenged the assessments before the competent tax jurisdiction of Frosinone on December 9, 2002, which decided, on November 15, 2004, to reject almost all of the assessments of the Italian Tax authorities.

 

 

 

          On December 17, 2003, the Direct Taxes Local Office gave notice of an assessment with regard to 1998 fiscal year resulting in (i) additional taxes amounting to € 127,000 and (ii) penalties amounting to € 127,000. Videocolor S.p.A. appealed this assessment on March 2, 2004 before the competent tax jurisdiction of Frosinone in Italy, which decided, on December 9, 2005, to reject almost all of the assessments of the Italian Tax authorities.

 

 

 

          Thomson sold Videocolor in February 2005, but remains responsible for this case because of the guarantees given to the buyer of Videocolor.

 

 

Brazilian tax litigation

 

 

 

          Brazilian Tax Authorities have assessed Thomson Tubes Components (Belo Horizonte) LTDA for the non payment of the Social Contribution on Profit (“CSSL’) for a total amount of 29.3 M Reais (around € 10 million) from 1994 to 2003, despite the fact that, in 1991 and 1997, a Court gave the right to Thomson not to pay CSSL as the CSSL violated the Federal Constitution.Thomson believes it has correctly applied the Brazilian tax law and strongly disputes the grounds of this assessment.

 

 

Taoyuan County Former RCA Employees' Solicitude Association (the "Association")

 

 

 

          In April 2004, the Association filed a purported class action under Article 41 of the Taiwan Code of Civil Procedure in the Taipei District Court, Taiwan, Republic of China against TCE Television Taiwan Ltd. and General Electric International, Inc. The complain alleges that the defendants failed to provide employees with necessary instruction on how to protect themselves and failed to take measures to store or dispose of chemicals used in the operation of the Taoyuan electronics plant. The Association claims damages in the amount of TWD 2.4 billion (€ 61.6 million at December 31, 2005 buying rate) to compensate the members of the Association for the alleged higher-than-normal incidents of cancer and disease suffered by the former plant employees who worked at the facility during the period 1970-1992. On March 18, 2005, the Association’s complaint was dismissed by the Taipei District Court based on the Association’s failure to comply with certain procedural aspects of Taiwan’s class action statutes. In October, 2005, the Association appealed the dismissal, which was upheld by the Taiwan Supreme Court in December 2005.  The case has been remanded to the Taipei District Court for further proceedings as to procedural compliance by the Association.

- 89 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

Superguide Corporation

 

 

 

          In June 2000, Superguide Corporation filed suit in the US District Court for the Western District of North Carolina against DIRECTV Enterprises, Inc. et al., Thomson, Inc. and Echostar Communications Corporation et al. alleging infringement with respect to three patents relating to program guide data retrieval, display, and program recordation. Gemstar Development Corporation was added as a defendant in March 2001. In July 2002, the US District Court for the Western District of North Carolina granted summary judgment in favor of Thomson, DIRECTV and Echostar, finding that none of the three patents owned by Superguide Corporation were infringed. Superguide Corporation and its licensee, Gemstar Development Corporation, appealed the District Court’s decision with the US Federal Circuit Court of Appeals.  On February 12, 2004 the Court of Appeals issued a decision affirming in part and reversing in part the District Court’s claim construction of the patents in issue.  As a result, the Court of Appeals vacated the summary judgment ruling of the District Court and remanded the case to the District Court for further proceedings.  Subsequently, in August 2005 the District Court again entered judgment in favor of Thomson on two of the three patents in suit.  Thomson has also filed a summary judgment motion asserting that the existence of a sublicense between Thomson and Gemstar provides Thomson the applicable rights to the remaining asserted Superguide patent. Gemstar joined Thomson in this filing.  The parties await the District Court’s summary judgment ruling.

 

 

Pegasus Development Corporation and Personalized Media Communications, L.L.C.

 

 

 

          In December 2000, Pegasus Development Corporation and Personalized Media Communications, L.L.C. filed suit in the US District Court for the District of Delaware against Thomson, Inc., DIRECTV, Inc., Hughes Electronics Corporation, and Philips Electronics North America Corporation alleging infringement with respect to seven patents relating to digital satellite signal processing. In November 2001, StarSight Telecast, Inc., TVG-PMC, Inc., and Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc. (“Gemstar”) were added as third-party defendants and filed a counterclaim.

 

 

 

          Subsequently, Thomson, Inc. filed a Revised Second Amended Counterclaim and Amended Third-Party Complaint claiming violation of antitrust laws and unfair competition. Upon Thomson, Inc.’s motion, the antitrust and unfair competition claims were transferred to the US District Court for the Northern District of Georgia by the Judicial Panel on Multi-District Litigation for inclusion in the coordinated or consolidated MDL-1274 pretrial proceedings occurring there involving Gemstar, Scientific Atlanta Inc. Pioneer Corp., EchoStar Communications Corp., and other parties.  In June 2003, as part of a new commercial arrangement with Gemstar, the Company dismissed with prejudice its antitrust and unfair competition claims against Gemstar and Gemstar agreed to provide the Company with a limited indemnity with respect to the PMC patent litigation. In March 2004, the US District Court for the Northern District of Georgia remanded the antitrust and unfair competition claims back to the US District Court for the District of Delaware, where pursuant to an order of the US District Court for the District of Delaware in May 2003, the case is subject to an indefinite stay pending the re-examination of the patents at issue by the US Patent and Trademark Office.  (“USPTO”).

 

 

 

          The USPTO has now issued initial office actions on all seven patents rejecting all claims asserted in the litigation as unpatentable.  Pegasus/PMC has initiated appeals on two of the office actions with the Board of Patent Appeals and Interferences (“BPAI”), and is expected to appeal similarly the remaining rulings.  If the BPAI rejects the appeals, Pegasus/PMC has the right to appeal to the US Federal Circuit Court of Appeals.

 

 

Parental Guide of Texas

 

 

 

          In December 2000, Parental Guide of Texas, Inc. filed suit against Thomson Inc. and numerous other consumer electronics manufacturers in the US District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Marshall Division, alleging infringement of a patent which relates to inhibiting the intelligible output of possibly undesirable sound and visual events of a television program.  In October 2002, Thomson Inc. entered into a Release and License Agreement with Parental Guide of Texas Inc. whereby the Company agreed to license Parental Guide’s V-Chip patents. The amount to be paid by Thomson was contingent upon the amount, if any, of the litigation royalty established by Parental Guide in the lawsuit. 

- 90 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

Thomson Inc. contended that all of the other defendants settled prior to trial and that it did not owe Parental Guide any further license payments.  On February 7, 2003, Parental Guide filed suit in the US District Court for the Eastern District of Texas alleging that Thomson Inc. was in breach of the Release and License Agreement. In March 2004, Parental Guide and Thomson Inc. each filed summary judgment motions contending respectively that as a matter of law it should prevail in the lawsuit.  On January 20, 2005, the Court issued an Order and Final Judgment in favor of Thomson Inc. Parental Guide appealed the District Court’s decision to the US Federal Circuit Court of Appeals.

 

 

IP Innovation and Technology Licensing Corp.

 

 

 

          On June 20, 2003, Technology Licensing Corp.  (“TLC”) filed a lawsuit in the US District Court for the Eastern District of California alleging that certain Grass Valley Group products infringe four of TLC’s US patents. Thereafter, TLC placed two of the patents into re-examination before the United States Patent and Trademark Office.  As a result, this lawsuit has been stayed as to those patents pending a ruling on re-exam.  In June and July of 2005, the District Court granted summary judgment in favor of Thomson on the remaining two patents. TLC has appealed that ruling with the US Federal Circuit Court of Appeals.

 

 

UGC Arbitration

 

 

 

          Screenvision Holdings (Europe) Limited (“Screenvision”), a joint venture between Thomson and Carlton Communications Ltd, in which the Thomson group holds 50%, has filed an arbitration claim at the ICC Court in May 2003 against UGC S.A., RMB International S.A. (“RMB”) and Regie Media Belge S.A. The claim was filed on the basis that UGC and RMB failed to comply with certain obligations under the agreement for the sale of a 51% stake in an Italian cinema advertising business to Screenvision. The claim amounts to € 25 million. The ICC Court’s award was delivered on August 19, 2005. The Court acknowledges that UGC and RMB failed to manage properly their Italian subsidiary (RMB Italia SpA) and failed to cause RMB Italia SpA’s management to cooperate with Screenvision. However, the ICC Court judges an absence of causal link between UGC/RMB failures and the losses incurred by Screenvision. Screenvision has lost on most of its principal claims and did not obtain any damages. Screenvision decided not to appeal.

 

 

Anti-dumping on televisions manufactured by Thomson's Thailand unit

 

 

 

          Customs authorities in eight European countries are assessing imports into the European Union by Thomson subsidiaries of television manufactured by Thomson in Thailand. These proceedings related to different periods according to the different rules in each country, beginning at the earliest in 1997 and ending at the latest in August 2002. In accordance with the relevant procedures, Thomson received in May 2004, January and February 2005 various re-assessment notices relating to antidumping duties, excluding interest and any penalties applicable, in the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Italy, Spain, Denmark, Greece and Sweden in an aggregate amount of around  16.1 million.  On March 24, 2005, the Provincial Tax Court of Milan (Italy) rendered a decision and maintained the assessment; Thomson will appeal. The French Customs Authority accepted to submit in August 2005 to the European Commission Thomson’s duty refund claim based on Article 239. This claim is not an admission of liability. Thomson believes that it has correctly declared and paid duty on the imported televisions concerned and accordingly strongly disputes the grounds of these re-assessments.

 

 

Metabyte, Inc., versus Canal Plus Technologies, S.A.

 

 

In 2001, Metabyte, Inc. and Vivek Mehta (the “plaintiffs”) and Canal Plus Technologies, S.A. entered into several agreements which ultimately gave Canal Plus Technologies control over Metabyte Networks, Inc. (“MNI”), a company owned by plaintiffs. One of the agreements was a Put Option Agreement (POA) whereby the common shareholders of MNI could require Canal Plus Technologies to purchase their shares in three Tranches. The POA specifically provided that it would only be exercisable in the event that MNI first met certain technical and financial milestones which were to be set by MNI’s board and Canal Plus Technologies. No milestones were ever set. In 2002, Canal Plus Technologies rejected plaintiffs’ attempt to exercise the put option. Plaintiffs filed suit against Canal Plus Technologies in October 2002 in US

- 91 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

District Court for the Northern District of California alleging breach of contract and breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing. At the beginning of 2003, Thomson acquired Canal Plus Technologies from Canal Plus with some guarantees related to this case. The matter proceeded to trial in June 2005, resulting in a verdict in favor of Canal Plus Technologies. Plaintiffs have initiated an appeal of the unfavorable jury verdict with the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals.

 

 

Thomson Inc. v. Praxair

 

 

 

          After closure of the Circleville, Ohio glass manufacturing facility in March 2004, Thomson Inc. received a letter, dated March 25, 2004, from Praxair, Inc., owner and operator of an onsite oxygen manufacturing plant constructed on the Circleville facility property in 1996, demanding assurances that Thomson’s performance would be maintained for the remaining seven (7) years of the contract.  Although the Circleville facility no longer uses oxygen, Praxair argues that the contract provides for the continuance of certain minimum payments and services, which over the remaining life of the contract could exceed $14,000,000 (the net present value is estimated at $9,850,000). On July 30, 2004, Thomson filed suit against Praxair in Cleveland, Ohio seeking a declaration from the Court that its remaining obligations under the contract, if any, are terminated. Thomson has also sued Praxair and its alliance partner, Corning, Inc., to recover certain damages Thomson contends it sustained as a result of certain misrepresentations which were made by Praxair/Corning concerning the operating efficiencies, benefits, and reduced costs involved in shifting production to an oxy-fueled system. Praxair has responded by filing a Counterclaim seeking a declaration that the contract continues to be valid and enforceable and seeking an award of damages to be proven at trial.  In May 2005, the venue of the case was transferred to Circleville, Ohio on motion of Praxair. Trial is scheduled to commence in March, 2006.

 

 

Compression Labs, Inc. v. Adobe Systems, et al.

 

 

 

          In April 2004, Compression Labs (“CLI”) filed suit against Thomson, Inc. and 27 other companies in the US District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Marshall Division, alleging infringement of US patent 4,698,672 which relates to a method and apparatus for processing signals used in video compression systems including the JPEG standard. Compression systems are typically utilized in products such as digital cameras, cellular phones, printers and scanners. The Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) has undertaken a non-public antitrust investigation of CLI and its parent, Forgent Corporation, to determine whether CLI violated the FTC Act by reason of CLI’s involvement in the jPEG standard-setting process.  Thomson is defending itself alone and in conjunction within a joint defense group of other defendants.  In February 2005, the suit was transferred to a multidistrict proceeding in the US District Court for the Northern District of California.

 

 

Environmental matters

 

 

 

          A certain number of Thomson’s current and previously-owned manufacturing sites have an extended history of industrial use. Soil and groundwater contamination, which occurred at some sites, may occur or be discovered at other sites in the future. Industrial emissions at sites that Thomson has built or acquired expose the Group to remediation costs. The Group has identified certain sites at which chemical contamination has required or will require remedial  measures.

 

 

 

          Soil and groundwater contamination was detected near a former production facility in Taoyuan, Taiwan acquired from General Electric and owned by Thomson from 1987 to 1992. Production activities at this site ceased after being sold by the Group. Thomson is currently working with the local Taoyuan Environmental Protection Agency to undertake a potential remediation of groundwater contamination. In accordance with an agreement for the acquisition of General Electric Company’s consumer electronics business in 1987, General Electric Company has assumed or indemnified Thomson with respect to certain liabilities resulting from this issue, and should assume or indemnify the Group with respect to certain liabilities that could arise from the period prior to Thomson’s acquisition of the property.

- 92 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

          The Group believes that the amounts reserved and the contractual guaranties provided by its contracts for the acquisition of certain production assets will enable it to reasonably cover its safety, health and environmental obligations. Potential problems cannot be predicted with certainty, however, and it cannot be assumed that these reserve amounts will be precisely adequate. In addition, future developments such as changes in governments or in safety and health laws or the discovery of new risks could result in increased costs and liabilities that could have a material effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations. Based on current information and the provisions established for the uncertainties described above, the Group does not believe it is not exposed to any material adverse effects on its business, financial condition or result of operations arising from its environmental, health and safety obligations and related risks.

 

 

36

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

 

 

On December 5, 2005 Thomson signed an agreement to acquire one third of the issued and outstanding shares of Canopus Co., ltd, a Japan based leader in high definition desktop video editing software. The transaction was subject to Governmental Authorities authorization and successful due diligence. The purchase price (¥ 3,8 billion equivalent to € 27.5 million) was paid on January 26, 2006 partially in cash and by a delivery of  821,917 Thomson treasury shares.

 

In parallel Thomson launched a public tender offer for the remaining Canopus shares.

 

The final closing took place on January 26, 2006, thus allowing the company to take control of 94.31% of Canopus share capital for a total consideration of ¥ 8,3 billion (equivalent to € 60 million using the December 31 closing exchange rate) and will consolidate this activity from this closing date.

 

 

 

On January 13, 2006, Thomson acquired the network services business assets and liabilities of EDS. These assets provide broadcast-quality, networked digital video services for business television, distance learning, and networked digital signage. The installed base is approximately 70 networks with 35,000 sites and 400,000 viewing locations. The purchase price was approximately USD 37 million (equivalent to € 31 million using the December 31, 2005 exchange rate), subject to an increase by up to USD 7 million dependent upon the performance of the acquired company in 2006 and 2007. Thomson will consolidate this activity from this date.

 

 

 

Given the short time-lapse between these subsequent events and the date of issuance of the Group’s consolidated financial statements, the amounts that will be recognised in the Group 2006 financial statements are not yet available.

- 93 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

37

RECONCILIATIONS BETWEEN IFRS AND FRENCH GAAP

 

 

 

 

For the 2004 financial information, the Group applied all IFRS standards and interpretations, which are expected to be mandatory as of December 31, 2005 except for the following standards, which the Group did not elect for an earlier application:

 

-

IAS 32 – “Financial instruments: disclosure and presentation”. The Group applies this standard starting from January 1, 2005,

 

-

IAS 39 – “Financial Instruments: recognition and measurement”. The Group applies this standard starting from January 1, 2005,

 

-

IFRS 5 – “Non current assets held for sale and discontinued operations”. The Group applies this standard starting from January 1, 2005.

 

 

 

 

The 2004 IFRS financial information was prepared in compliance with IFRS 1 “First Time Adoption of the International Financial Reporting Standards”. The general principle is the retrospective application of all standards except for the above-mentioned standards and the exemptions elected by the Group. The relating IFRS adjustments were accounted for in the opening shareholders’ equity. In accordance with IFRS 1, the Group elected to apply the following exemptions related to the full retrospective application:

 

 

 

(a)

Business combinations

 

The Group elected not to apply IFRS 3 to business combinations that have occurred prior to January 1, 2004. All acquisitions made since January 1, 2004 have been recognized in accordance with IFRS 3.

 

 

 

(b)

Translation of foreign subsidiaries accounts

 

In accordance with IFRS 1, the Group elected to recognize cumulative translation differences of the foreign subsidiaries into opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2004, after having accounted for the IFRS adjustments on the opening shareholders’ equity (refer to section 37.2 (g)). All cumulative translation differences for all foreign operations have therefore been deemed to be zero at the IFRS transition date. In case of subsequent disposal of these foreign subsidiaries, the related income will not include the reversal of the cumulative translation differences prior to January 1, 2004.

 

 

 

(c)

Valuation of assets at fair value

 

Under certain circumstances, the Group elected to apply IFRS 1 option, which enables the Group to measure several tangible assets at their fair value at the IFRS transition date (refer to section 37.2 (a) §ii). This fair value corresponds to the deemed cost under IFRS at the IFRS transition date. This method has been used only to value the TV assets which were transferred to TCL in July 2004.

 

 

 

(d)

Employee benefits

 

In accordance with the IFRS 1 optional exemption, the Group elected to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses as of January 1, 2004 into opening retained earnings (refer to section 37.2 (i)). The application of this option has no impact on the method elected by the Group for the future accounting of the actuarial gains and losses on employee benefits.

 

 

 

(e)

Share-based payment

 

According to IFRS 1, the Group elected to apply IFRS 2 to all equity instruments granted after November 7, 2002 and for which the rights have not vested as of December 31, 2004 (refer to section 37.4 (k) §i).

 

 

 

 

The following reconciliations between French GAAP and IFRS provide a quantification of the effects of the transition to IFRS and the details of the impact of the transition on:

 

– Shareholders’ equity as of January 1, 2004 and December 31, 2004 (section 37.1)

 

– Balance sheet as of January 1, 2004 (section 37.2)

 

– Balance sheet as of December 31, 2004 (section 37.4)

 

– Net income for the year ended December 31, 2004 (section 37.5)

 

– Balance sheet as of January 1, 2005 (section 37.5)

 

– Cash-flow statement as of December 31, 2004 (section 37.6).

- 94 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

37.1

Shareholders’ equity as of January 1, 2004 and December 31, 2004


 

 

Year ended December 31, 2004

 

 

 


 

(€ in millions)

 

January 1,
2004

 

Net
result
for 2004
(1)

 

Other

 

CTA

 

December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 



 



 



 

Shareholders’ equity under French GAAP

 

 

3,583

 

 

(636

)

 

(171

)

 

(106

)

 

2, 670

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Customer relationships

 

 

(58

)

 

(23

)

 

—  

 

 

6

 

 

(75

)

Restructuring costs for business combinations

 

 

—  

 

 

(29

)

 

—  

 

 

2

 

 

(27

)

Goodwill amortization

 

 

—  

 

 

100

 

 

—  

 

 

(5

)

 

95

 

Consolidation scope – Special purpose entities

 

 

(43

)

 

—  

 

 

43

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Transaction costs – TTE transaction

 

 

(9

)

 

4

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(5

)

Fair value of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(17

)

 

2

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(15

)

Capital gain on transferred assets

 

 

—  

 

 

12

 

 

—  

 

 

(1

)

 

11

 

Revenue recognition – Licensing and patents activity

 

 

(27

)

 

24

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(3

)

Rebates received

 

 

—  

 

 

(4

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(4

)

Capitalization of development projects, net of accumulated amortization

 

 

16

 

 

14

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

30

 

Employee benefits obligation

 

 

(152

)

 

(25

)

 

(23

)

 

8

 

 

(192

)

Share based payment

 

 

—  

 

 

(3

)

 

3

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Other IFRS adjustments

 

 

4

 

 

(7

)

 

—  

 

 

(1

)

 

(4

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total IFRS adjustments before tax

 

 

(286

)

 

65

 

 

23

 

 

9

 

 

(189

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Tax effects from IAS 12 except on IFRS adjustments

 

 

(3

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(3

)

Tax effect on IFRS adjustments

 

 

(14

)

 

12

 

 

—  

 

 

(1

)

 

(3

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Total IFRS adjustments

 

 

(303

)

 

77

 

 

23

 

 

8

 

 

(195

)

 

 



 



 



 



 



 

Shareholders’ equity under IFRS

 

 

3,280

 

 

(559

)

 

(148

)

 

(98

)

 

2,475

 

 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

(1)     Bridge between net loss for the year ended December 31, 2004 released in Interim IFRS transition information and one released in present section is disclosed in 37.4 (j).

- 95 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

37.2

Balance sheet as of January 1, 2004


(€ in millions)

 

Note

 

French
GAAP

 

IFRS
transition
impact

 

IFRS

 


 



 



 



 



 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

a

 

 

1,474

 

 

180

 

 

1,654

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

1,100

 

 

—  

 

 

1,100

 

Intangible assets

 

 

b

 

 

835

 

 

(42

)

 

793

 

Investments in associates

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

—  

 

 

11

 

Investments and financial assets available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

125

 

 

—  

 

 

125

 

Contract advances

 

 

 

 

 

205

 

 

—  

 

 

205

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

c

 

 

294

 

 

23

 

 

317

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

i

 

 

95

 

 

43

 

 

138

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

4,139

 

 

204

 

 

4,343

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

d

 

 

744

 

 

1

 

 

745

 

Trade accounts and notes receivable

 

 

 

 

 

1,315

 

 

—  

 

 

1,315

 

Current accounts with affiliated companies

 

 

 

 

 

79

 

 

—  

 

 

79

 

Other current assets

 

 

e

 

 

619

 

 

(36

)

 

583

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

2,384

 

 

—  

 

 

2,384

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total current assets

 

 

 

 

 

5,141

 

 

(35

)

 

5,106

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

9,280

 

 

169

 

 

9,449

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

- 96 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(€ in millions)

 

Note

 

French
GAAP

 

IFRS
transition
impact

 

IFRS

 


 



 



 



 



 

LIABILITIES, SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND MINORITY INTERESTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

 

 

 

1,052

 

 

—  

 

 

1,052

 

Treasury shares

 

 

 

 

 

(210

)

 

—  

 

 

(210

)

Additional paid in capital

 

 

 

 

 

1,938

 

 

—  

 

 

1,938

 

Other reserves

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

(4

)

 

—  

 

Retained earnings

 

 

f

 

 

1,411

 

 

(911

)

 

500

 

Cumulative translation adjustments

 

 

g

 

 

(612

)

 

612

 

 

—  

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

3,583

 

 

(303

)

 

3,280

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

—  

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

3,592

 

 

(303

)

 

3,289

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

h

 

 

1,871

 

 

321

 

 

2,192

 

Reserve for post-employment benefits

 

 

i,j

 

 

653

 

 

128

 

 

781

 

Other provisions

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

—  

 

 

32

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

k

 

 

23

 

 

40

 

 

63

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

i

 

 

129

 

 

13

 

 

142

 

Payables on acquisition of companies

 

 

 

 

 

84

 

 

—  

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

2,792

 

 

502

 

 

3,294

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

263

 

 

(1

)

 

262

 

Reserve for post-employment benefits

 

 

i

 

 

—  

 

 

73

 

 

73

 

Restructuring provisions

 

 

i,j

 

 

118

 

 

(23

)

 

95

 

Other provisions

 

 

 

 

 

174

 

 

—  

 

 

174

 

Trade accounts and notes payable

 

 

l

 

 

1,365

 

 

6

 

 

1,371

 

Accrued employee expenses

 

 

i

 

 

183

 

 

—  

 

 

183

 

Income tax payable

 

 

 

 

 

85

 

 

—  

 

 

85

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

m

 

 

614

 

 

(85

)

 

529

 

Payables on acquisition of companies

 

 

 

 

 

94

 

 

—  

 

 

94

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

2,896

 

 

(30

)

 

2,866

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total liabilities, shareholders’ equity and minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

9,280

 

 

169

 

 

9,449

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

- 97 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

The following notes explain the main adjustments to the balance sheet as of January 1, 2004:

(a)

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Consolidation of fixed assets related to entities previously not consolidated

193

 

 

(ii)

Fair value adjustment of property, plant and equipment

(17

)

 

(iii)

Reclassification of spare parts to fixed assets

5

 

 

 

Other

1

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in property, plant and equipment

180

 


 

(i)

Under IFRS, according to SIC 12 interpretation, Special Purpose Entities (SPEs) that are controlled in substance are consolidated even if the Group has no share in their capital. Under French GAAP, these SPEs were not consolidated as of December 31, 2003 if the Group had no share in their capital.  As of January 1, 2004 the Group had two special purpose entities, whose aim was to implement two synthetic leases for Thomson Display Mexicana S.A. de C.V. and for Thomson Multimedia Polska Sp.zo.o (Poland). Under IFRS, these entities have been consolidated for the first time as of January 1, 2004. The impact of this consolidation generated an adjustment of € 193 million of fixed assets, € 321 million of financial long-term debt and € 85 million of reversal of deferred income. The opening shareholders’ equity has been unfavorably impacted by € 43 million. Under French GAAP these SPEs were consolidated applying the retrospective method for the first time in the 2004 financial statements. As of January 1, 2004, the consolidation of these entities became mandatory under French GAAP in accordance with the CRC 04-03 Regulation subsequent to the issuance of Article 133 on French law on Financial Security issued on August 1, 2003. Due to the change in French laws, there are no more adjustments to be made as of December 31, 2004.

 

(ii)

As mentioned in the beginning of section 37, the IFRS 1 application related to the valuation of the tangible assets of TV activities that were sold to TCL in July 2004 had a negative impact of € 17 million on the opening net equity, which corresponds to the difference between the € 128 million of assets carrying value and € 111 million fair value.

 

(iii)

Under IFRS, spare parts having more than one year of useful life are capitalized for a total amount of € 5 million and depreciated according to their useful lives. Under French GAAP these items were classified as inventories.


(b)

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)  Amortization of customer relationships

(58

)

 

(ii) Capitalization of development projects, net

 

 

 

 

a.

Gross amount

22

 

 

 

b.

Accumulated amortization

(6

)

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of intangible assets

(42

)


 

(i)

Under French GAAP, market share acquired through business combinations was not amortized. Under IFRS, this market shares corresponds to “customer relationships”, classified as intangible assets that meet the criteria defined by IAS 38. Acquired market share is amortized over the expected useful life. Accumulated amortization costs of customer relationships had a negative impact of € 58 million on the net opening equity.

 

(ii)

Under French GAAP, the Group’s policy is to expense development costs (except software) as they are incurred. Under IFRS these costs should be capitalized when they meet criteria defined under IAS 38. The retroactive application of IAS 38 led to the recognition of an asset corresponding to the net book value of the intangible asset had IAS 38 ever been applied. This IFRS adjustment has a positive impact of € 16 million on opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2004.


(c)

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)  Deferred tax assets on undistributed reserves

3

 

 

(ii) Deferred tax assets on IFRS adjustments

20

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in deferred tax assets

23

 

- 98 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

The Group has recalculated deferred tax in accordance with IAS 12. IAS 12 allows a net presentation of deferred tax assets and liabilities only when certain criteria are met.

 

 

(i)

Unlike French GAAP, under IFRS, a deferred tax has to be accounted for on investments in associates and joint ventures, for which Thomson is not able to control the distribution of profit, and for which it is probable that the temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future. Consequently, € 3 million deferred tax asset (mainly related to Screenvision) was recognized against opening retained earnings.

 

(ii)

Deferred tax assets on IFRS adjustments amounted to € 20 million and mainly related to impact of pension plans, retirement indemnities and other commitments. These were recognized against the opening retained earnings.


(d)

Inventories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)  Inventories held by vendors under Vendor Management Inventory contracts (VMI)

6

 

 

(ii) Reclassification of spare parts related to fixed assets

(5

)

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in inventories

1

 


 

(i)

Under French GAAP, inventories are recognized when the legal ownership is transferred to the Group. Under IFRS, some of the inventories held by vendors under Vendor Management Inventory (VMI) contracts have to be recognized by the Group because the risks and rewards  of ownership and the control over the inventories are transferred to the Group. The corresponding debt amounted to € 6 million as of January 1, 2004 and was recorded under trade and accounts payable.

 

(ii)

Refer to (a) Property, plant and equipment §iii from current section.


(e)

Other current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)  Revenue recognition on licensing activities

(27

)

 

(ii) Transactions costs related to TTE

(9

)

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of other current assets

(36

)


 

(i)

Revenue from the Group’s licensing and patents business activities results from licensing agreements for the non-exclusive use of patents developed or acquired by the Group.  Under French GAAP, revenue was recognized as income to the prevailing period if (1) a contract was signed before the date the Group consolidated financial statements have been approved by the board of directors and if (2) the revenue recognized is earned, which means it relates to licenses used during periods prior to the date the current year accounts were signed off. According to IAS 18 such revenue is recognized when it is received and earned based on a formal agreement signed between the parties at the closing date. Accordingly, the accrued income and the IFRS opening net equity were reduced by € 27 million.

 

(ii)

In 2003, the Group engaged the services of external consultants in connection with several potential third party transactions, including principally the contribution of the manufacturing assets of its TV activity into TTE, a joint entity in which it would have a minority interest. Since the TTE transaction has not yet finalized, at December 31, 2003, external consulting costs incurred in connection with TTE amounting to € 9 million were deferred under French GAAP and expensed under IFRS.


(f)

Retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Transfer of cumulative translation adjustment to retained earnings

(612

)

 

(ii)

Impact of all other IFRS adjustments as of December 31, 2003

(303

)

 

 

Other

4

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of retained earnings

(911

)

- 99 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

(i)

Refer to (g) Cumulative translation adjustments below.

 

 

 

(g)

Cumulative translation adjustments


 

(i)

Transfer of cumulative translation adjustments to retained earnings

612

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in cumulative translation adjustments

612

 


 

(i)

In accordance with IFRS 1, the Group elected to recognize cumulative translation differences of the foreign subsidiaries into opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2004, after having accounted for the IFRS adjustments on the opening shareholders’ equity. All cumulative translation differences for all foreign operations have been deemed to be zero at the IFRS transition date. In case of subsequent disposal of these foreign subsidiaries, the related income will not include the reversal of the cumulative translation adjustments prior to January 1, 2004.

 

 

 

(h)

Borrowings


 

(i)

Consolidation of debt related to subsidiaries previously excluded from consolidation

321

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in interest bearing borrowings

321

 


 

(i)

Refer to (a) Property, plant and equipment §i from current section.

 

 

 

(i)

Reserve for post employment benefits  / Other non-current assets / Other non-current liabilities


 

 

Reimbursement rights recognized as a separate asset

43

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

Net impact – increase in other non-current assets

43

 

 

 

Jubilee awards reclassified in other non-current liabilities

13

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

Net impact – increase in other non-current liabilities

13

 

 

 

Reserve for post employment benefits  – non current portion

128

 

 

 

Reserve for post employment benefits  – current portion

73

 

 

 

Restructuring provisions (refer to (j) §ii)

(19

)

 

 

 


 

 

 

Net impact – increase in reserve for post employment benefits

182

 

 

 

Total impact – net decrease of shareholders’ equity as of January 1, 2004

152

 


 

 

Under IFRS, a positive effect of € 43 million on opening shareholders’ equity has been recognized as a result of the American “Medicare Act” as of January 1, 2004, which was accounted for in 2004 under French GAAP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of January 1, 2004, the effect of IFRS adoption on reserve for post-employment benefits was a negative impact of € 195 million. This impact was mainly due to the following:

 

 

-

In accordance with the IFRS 1 optional exemption, € 248 million of actuarial losses as of January 1, 2004 were booked against shareholders’ equity.

 

 

-

A positive effect on opening shareholders’ equity of € 81 million has been recognized on January 1, 2004 relating to unrecognized prior service costs resulting from changes in medical retiree plans for Americans announced prior to January 1, 2004. These amounts were deferred under French GAAP.

 

 

-

The other adjustments result in a negative effect of € 28 million on the opening shareholders’ equity mainly due to the valuation method differences and to the change of the measurement date for some plans.

- 100 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(j)

Restructuring


 

(i)

Reversal of provision for cumulative translation adjustment

(4

)

 

(ii)

Reclassification restructuring provision to post employment

(19

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of restructuring provision

(23

)


 

(i)

Under IFRS, no provision for cumulative translation adjustment may be recognized for liquidated entities. Therefore, as of January 1, 2003, the provision accounted for under French GAAP for an amount of € 4 million was reversed.

 

(ii)

Refer to (i) Reserve for post employment benefits from current section.


(k)

Deferred tax liabilities


 

(i)

Deferred tax liabilities on entities with a functional currency different from the local currency

6

 

 

(ii)

Deferred tax liabilities related to other IFRS adjustments

34

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in deferred tax liabilities

40

 


 

(i)

Unlike French GAAP, under IFRS, a deferred tax is recorded on differences between the tax base and the carrying value of the non-monetary assets of the consolidated entities for which the functional currency differs from the local currency. Consequently, net deferred tax liabilities amounting to € 6 million were recognized in the 2004 shareholders’ equity.

 

(ii)

Deferred tax liabilities on IFRS adjustments amounted to € 34 million and mainly related to customer relationships amortization accounted for under IFRS. As explained in (b) Intangible assets §i from current section, under French GAAP, customer relationships were treated as market share, which were not amortized, and therefore were not subject to deferred tax.

 

 

 

(l)

Trade accounts and notes payable


 

(i)

Inventories held by vendors under VMI contracts

6

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in trade accounts and notes payable

6

 


 

(i)

Refer to (d) Inventories §i from current section.

 

 

 

(m)

Other current liabilities


 

(i)

Reversal of deferred income related to entities previously not consolidated

(85

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of other current liabilities

(85

)


 

(i)

Refer to (a) Property, plant and equipment §i from current section.

- 101 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

37.3

Balance sheet as of December 31, 2004


(€ in millions)

 

Note

 

French
GAAP

 

IFRS
transition
impact

 

IFRS

 


 



 



 



 



 

ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

a

 

 

1,054

 

 

(3

)

 

1,051

 

Goodwill

 

 

b

 

 

1,242

 

 

(64

)

 

1,178

 

Intangible assets

 

 

c

 

 

964

 

 

(40

)

 

924

 

Investments in associates

 

 

d

 

 

128

 

 

132

 

 

260

 

Investments and financial assets available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

113 

 

 

 

 

 

113 

 

Contract advances

 

 

 

 

 

179

 

 

—  

 

 

179

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

e

 

 

282

 

 

19

 

 

301

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

f

 

 

96

 

 

40

 

 

136

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

4,058

 

 

84

 

 

4,142

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

g

 

 

569

 

 

(1

)

 

568

 

Trade accounts and notes receivable

 

 

 

 

 

1,180

 

 

—  

 

 

1,180

 

Current accounts with affiliated companies

 

 

h

 

 

183

 

 

(40

)

 

143

 

Other current assets

 

 

i

 

 

629

 

 

(13

)

 

616

 

Investment funds

 

 

j

 

 

—  

 

 

58

 

 

58

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

j

 

 

1,906

 

 

(58

)

 

1,848

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total current assets

 

 

 

 

 

4,467

 

 

(54

)

 

4,413

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

8,525

 

 

30

 

 

8,555

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 


- 102 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(€ in millions)

 

Note

 

French
GAAP

 

IFRS
transition
impactt

 

IFRS

 


 



 



 



 



 

LIABILITIES, SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND MINORITY INTERESTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

 

 

 

1,025

 

 

—  

 

 

1,025

 

Treasury shares

 

 

 

 

 

(55

)

 

—  

 

 

(55

)

Additional paid in capital

 

 

k

 

 

1,748

 

 

3

 

 

1,751

 

Other reserves

 

 

k

 

 

—  

 

 

(23

)

 

(23

)

Retained earnings

 

 

k

 

 

670

 

 

(795

)

 

(125

)

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

l

 

 

(718

)

 

620

 

 

(98

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

2,670

 

 

(195

)

 

2,475

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

(2

)

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

2,690

 

 

(197

)

 

2,493

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

1,597

 

 

—  

 

 

1,597

 

Reserve for post-employment benefits

 

 

m

 

 

589

 

 

196

 

 

785

 

Other provisions

 

 

 

 

 

55

 

 

—  

 

 

55

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

n

 

 

2

 

 

35

 

 

37

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

129

 

 

—  

 

 

129

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

2,372

 

 

231

 

 

2,603

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

904

 

 

—  

 

 

904

 

Reserve for post-employment benefits

 

 

m

 

 

—  

 

 

65

 

 

65

 

Restructuring provisions

 

 

o

 

 

104

 

 

(28

)

 

76

 

Other provisions

 

 

h

 

 

120

 

 

(39

)

 

81

 

Trade accounts and notes payable

 

 

p

 

 

1,221

 

 

5

 

 

1,226

 

Accrued employee expenses

 

 

m

 

 

165

 

 

(2

)

 

163

 

Income tax payable

 

 

 

 

 

60

 

 

—  

 

 

60

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

q

 

 

805

 

 

(5

)

 

800

 

Payables on acquisition of companies

 

 

 

 

 

84

 

 

—  

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

3,463

 

 

(4

)

 

3,459

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

Total liabilities, shareholders’ equity and minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

8,525

 

 

30

 

 

8,555

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

- 103 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

The following notes explain the main adjustments to the balance sheet as of December 31, 2004:

 

 

(a)

Property, plant and equipment


 

(i)

Reclassification of tangible assets to intangible assets

(5

)

 

(ii)

Reclassification of spare parts to fixed assets

3

 

 

(iii)

Write-off of fixed assets dedicated to specific projects

(1

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of property, plant and equipment

(3

)


 

(i)

The Group has reclassified projects previously capitalized under French GAAP from tangible assets to intangible assets for a total value of € 5 million.

 

(ii)

Under IFRS, spare parts having more than one year of useful life were capitalized for a total amount of € 3 million and depreciated according to their useful lives. Under French GAAP, these items were classified as inventories.

 

(iii)

Mainly fixed assets dedicated to internal projects with a net value of € 1 million were written off.


(b)

Goodwill


 

(i)

Reversal of amortization

89

 

 

(ii)

Restructuring cost reversal

(20

)

 

(iii)

Reclassification of goodwill to investments in associates

(133

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of goodwill

(64

)


 

(i)

Under French GAAP, goodwill was amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life (ranging from 5 to 20). In compliance with IFRS 3, goodwill is not amortized but is tested annually for impairment and when impairment indicators are present. As the Group elected to apply the IFRS 1 exemption, which allows the Group not to restate business combinations that have occurred prior to January 1, 2004 and not to change their initial recognition, the net carrying amount of goodwill arisen on these acquisitions and accounted for under French GAAP corresponds to the new gross value under IFRS as of January 1, 2004. The reversal of goodwill amortization incurred in 2004 increased net goodwill by € 89 million at closing rate, corresponding to an impact of € 95 million at average rate in the IFRS income statement due to currency translation adjustments.

 

(ii)

In compliance with IFRS 3, a provision related to the costs of the closure of plants and sites is recorded as a liability of the acquiree as part of allocating the cost of the combination if and only if the restructuring plan meets the criteria defined by IAS 37 at the acquisition date. Consequently, restructuring plans of the acquirees, which were accounted for when allocating the cost of the combination under French GAAP but were not announced at the acquisition date, have been recognized as an expense under IFRS. Accordingly, in 2004, the goodwill was decreased by € 20 million (at closing rate) related to restructuring costs which have been expensed under IFRS. The related impact in the IFRS income statement amounted to a charge of € 29 million (at average rate), partly offset by € 8 million on tax and the € 1 million difference corresponding to the effect of the translation adjustments.

 

(iii)

Under French GAAP, goodwill on investment accounted for using the equity method is posted as other goodwill on controlled entities. Under IFRS, IAS 28 states that related goodwill shall be posted in the heading “investments in associates”.

 

 

 

(c)

Intangible assets


 

(i)

Amortization of customer relationships

(75

)

 

(ii)

Capitalization of development projects

30

 

 

(iii)

Reclassification from tangible assets

5

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of intangible assets

(40

)

- 104 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

(i)

The impact of the amortization of the customer relationships under IFRS led to a € 75 million decrease of the net book value, out of which:

 

 

 

-

€ 58 million decrease corresponding to previous years amortization recorded against opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2004,

 

 

 

-

€ 23 million decrease relating to the current year amortization charge and

 

 

 

-

€ 6 million increase being a favorable impact of currency translation adjustments between closing rate and average rate.

 

(ii)

The cumulative impact of the capitalization of the development projects is a € 30 million net increase out of which:

 

 

 

-

€ 16 million increase due to net value of development projects capitalized on periods prior to January 1, 2004,

 

 

 

-

€ 29 million increase in gross value from development projects capitalized in 2004 and

 

 

 

-

€ 15 million decrease related to current year amortization charge.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

Refer to (a) Property, plant and equipment §i from current section.

 

 

 

(d)

Investments in associates


 

(i)

Reclassification of goodwill to investment in associates

133

 

 

(ii)

Difference in investment in TTE

(1

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in investments in associates

132

 


 

(i)

Refer to (b) Goodwill  §iii from current section.

 

(ii)

Under French GAAP, the value of the shares in TTE related to the allocation of the TTE transaction costs amounted to € 7.6 million. Under IFRS, due to the different treatment of the transaction costs, the value allocated to the participation amounted to € 6.9 million, which led to a € 1 million difference between French GAAP and IFRS. Refer to section 37.5 (c) Selling, general, administrative expenses and others §iv for complete description of the transaction costs treatment.

 

 

 

(e)

Deferred tax assets


 

(i)

Deferred tax related to IFRS adjustments

19

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in deferred tax assets

19

 


 

The Group has recalculated deferred tax in accordance with IAS 12. IAS 12 allows a net presentation of deferred tax assets and liabilities only when certain criteria are met.

 

 

 

 

(i)

Deferred tax assets on IFRS adjustments amounts to € 19 million and relates mainly to impact of pension plans, retirement indemnities and other commitments.

 

 

 

(f)

Other non-current assets


 

(i)

Reimbursement rights recognized as a separate asset

43

 

 

(ii)

Tax loss carryback receivable at discounted value

(2

)

 

 

Other

(1

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in other non-current assets

40

 


 

(i)

Refer to (m) Reserve for post employment benefits (IAS 19 revised) from current section.

 

(ii)

Tax loss carryback receivable has been carried at present discounted value of the future net cash inflow. Under French GAAP, such receivable was measured at historical cost. This led to a € 2 million decrease of other non-current assets.

- 105 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(g)

Inventories


 

(i)

Inventories held by vendors under Vendor Management Inventory (VMI) contracts

5

 

 

(ii)

Reclassification of spare parts to fixed assets

(3

)

 

(iii)

Write-off of spare parts

(3

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of inventories

(1

)


 

(i)

Under IFRS, some of the inventories held by vendors under Vendor Management Inventory contracts have to be recognized by the Group because the risks and rewards of ownership and the control over the inventories are transferred to the Group. The corresponding debt amounted to € 5 million as of December 31, 2004 and was recorded under trade accounts and notes payable. Under French GAAP, these inventories were recognized later when the ownership was transferred to the Group.

 

(ii)

Refer to (a) Property, plant and equipment §ii from current section.

 

(iii)

Mainly related to unused spare parts written off by € 3 million.

 

 

(h)

Current accounts with affiliated companies / Other provisions


 

(i)

Subsidiaries controlled but not consolidated under French GAAP

(40

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of current accounts with affiliated companies

(40

)

 

(i)

Subsidiaries controlled but not consolidated under French GAAP

(39

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of other provisions

(39

)

 

Total impact – net decrease of shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2004

(1

)


 

(i)

Under French GAAP, two immaterial subsidiaries are not required to be consolidated. Under IFRS, these subsidiaries must be fully consolidated. Intragroup balances are eliminated. Therefore, losses related to the current accounts have been eliminated, as well the provisions covering these balances. The consolidation of these entities led to a negative impact for an amount of € 1 million in the 2004 IFRS income statement.

 

 

(i)

Other current assets


 

(i)

Accrued income

(8

)

 

(ii)

Other rebates to be received

(4

)

 

(iii)

Other transaction costs deferred under French GAAP

(1

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of other current assets

(13

)


 

(i)

As explained on section 37.2 (e) Other current assets §i, timing differences related to recognition of revenue from the Group’s licensing and patents activities had a negative impact of € 8 million on accrued income and on revenues as of December 31, 2004.

 

(ii)

Under French GAAP, some rebates received from suppliers were recorded in deduction of the costs of sales for the related period. Under IFRS, when those rebates are linked to future purchases commitments, they should be considered upfront payments on future business and spread over that future business. This was accounted for in the 2004 IFRS income statement as a negative impact for an amount of € 4 million.

 

(iii)

Other transaction costs incurred in 2004 that management estimated not probable to be finalized, amounted to € 1 million and were charged to other operating expenses under IFRS but deferred under French GAAP.

 

 

 

(j)

Investment funds /Cash and cash equivalents


 

(i)

Reclassification from cash and cash equivalents to investment funds

58

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in investments funds and decrease of cash and cash equivalents

58

 

- 106 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

(i)

Investment funds cannot be qualified as cash equivalents because such investments could be subject to some minor risks of change in value. Such investments are classified as held for trading and categorized as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

 

 

 

(k)

Retained earnings and other reserves


 

(i)

Additional paid in capital

3

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in additional paid in capital

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

IAS 19 revised

(23

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of other reserves

(23

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

Transfer of cumulative translation adjustment to retained earnings

(612

)

 

(iv)

Impact of the IFRS adjustments on retained earnings as of January 1, 2004

(303

)

 

(v)

Impact of the IFRS adjustments on the 2004 IFRS Income statement

77

 

 

(vi)

Impact of reversing the consolidation of the special purpose entities

43

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of retained earnings

(795

)


 

(i)

In accordance with the requirements of IFRS 2 “Share-based payment”, stock options granted to employees are recorded as a € 3 million increase in equity with counterpart in the income statement. Refer to section 37.4 (c) Selling, general, administrative expenses and others §vii.

 

(ii)

Refer to section (m) Reserve for post employment benefits (IAS 19 revised) from current section.

 

(iii)

Refer to section 37.2 (g) Cumulative translation adjustments.

 

(iv)

Refer to section 37.2 (f) Retained earnings §ii.

 

(v)

Refer to section 37.4 Net income for the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

(vi)

As explained in section 37.2 (a) Property, plant and equipment §i, unlike French GAAP, special purpose entities were consolidated under IFRS as of December 31, 2003, with a € 43 million negative impact on opening retained earnings. Following changes in French laws, these SPE's were consolidated under French GAAP in 2004 with a retroactive effect as of January 1, 2004. This French GAAP adjustment was included in the statement of changes in French GAAP retained earnings as of December 31, 2004. Therefore under IFRS, the € 43 million negative impact on opening retained earnings was reversed in 2004.


(l)

Cumulative translation adjustments


 

(i)

Transfer of cumulative translation adjustment to retained earnings as of January 1, 2004

612

 

 

(ii)

Translation adjustments related to IFRS adjustments

8

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in cumulative translation adjustments

620

 


 

(i)

Refer to section 37.2 section (g) Cumulative translation adjustments.

 

(ii)

The IFRS adjustment recorded in the opening balance sheet as of January 1, 2004 and in the income statement as of December 31, 2004, generated a € 8 million cumulative translation adjustment between closing rate and average rate in 2004.

- 107 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(m)

Reserve for post employment benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reimbursement rights recognized as a separate asset

43

 

 

 


 

 

Net impact – increase in other non-current assets

43

 

 

Reserve for post employment benefits – non current portion

196

 

 

Reserve for post employment benefits – current portion

65

 

 

 


 

 

Net impact – increase in reserve for post employment benefits

261

 

 

Reclassification of restructuring provisions (refer to section (o) §ii)

(24

)

 

 


 

 

Net impact – decrease of other provisions

(24

)

 

Accrued employee expenses

(2

)

 

 


 

 

Net impact – decrease of accrued employee expenses

(2

)

 

Total impact – net decrease of shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2004

192

 


 

Under IFRS, a positive effect of € 43 million on opening shareholders’ equity has been recognized as a result of the American “Medicare Act”.

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2004, the cumulative effect of IFRS adoption on shareholders’ equity in respect to employee benefits was a negative impact of € 235 million. This impact was mainly due to the following:

 

-

A negative effect of € 238 million, out of which € 248 million of actuarial losses as of January 1, 2004 booked against shareholders’ equity and € 10 million recognised in the 2004 income statement.

 

-

A cumulative positive effect of € 76 million in respect of prior service costs out of which: € 81 million has been recognized on shareholders’ equity relating to unrecognized prior service costs resulting from changes in medical retiree plans for Americans, announced prior to January 1, 2004 and € 5 million recognized in the 2004 income statement.  These amounts were deferred under French GAAP.

 

-

A negative impact of € 40 million was recognized in the 2004 IFRS income statements in respect of curtailments and settlements occurred in 2004.

 

-

A negative impact of € 23 million related to the application of IAS 19 revised, which allows to charge directly against equity the actuarial gains and losses generated during the period. This impact is recognized directly in the retained earnings.

 

-

The other adjustments result in a negative effect of € 10 million on the shareholders’ equity mainly due to the valuation method differences, to the change of the measurement date for some plans and to the currency translation adjustments related to the IFRS adjustments.

 

 

 

(n)

Deferred tax liabilities


 

(i)

Deferred tax IAS 12

4

 

 

(ii)

Deferred tax on other IFRS adjustments

31

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in deferred tax liabilities

35

 


 

(i)

Unlike French GAAP, under IFRS, a deferred tax is recorded on differences between the tax base and the carrying value of the non-monetary assets of the consolidated entities for which the functional currency differs from the local currency. Consequently, net deferred tax liabilities amounting to € 6 million were recognized in the opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2004, out of which € 2 million were reversed in the 2004 IFRS Income statement.

 

(ii)

Deferred tax liabilities on IFRS adjustments amounted to € 32 million and mainly related to customer relationships amortization accounted for under IFRS. As explained in section 37.2 (b) Intangible assets §i, under French GAAP, customer relationships were treated as market share, which were not amortized, and therefore were not subject to deferred tax.

- 108 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(o)

Restructuring provisions


 

(i)

Provisions for translation adjustment

(4

)

 

(ii)

Reclassification restructuring provisions

(24

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of other provisions

(28

)


 

(i)

Under IFRS, no provision for cumulative translation adjustment may be recognized for liquidated companies. Therefore, the € 4 million provision was reversed.

 

(ii)

Refer to (m) Reserve for post employment benefits from current section.

 

 

 

(p)

Trade accounts and notes payable


 

(i)

Inventories held by vendors under VMI contracts

5

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in trade accounts and notes payable

5

 


 

(i)

Refer to (g) Inventories §i from current section.

 

 

 

(q)

Other current liabilities


 

(i)

Royalties to be paid

(5

)

 

(ii)

Impact deferred payment of liability

(1

)

 

 

Other

1

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of other current liabilities

(5

)


 

(i)

As of December 31, 2004, as a result of the difference of revenue recognition between French GAAP and IFRS on licensing and patents activities, revenues related to contracts not yet signed at the closing date have been deferred under IFRS. The related contractual retrocession to co-patent owner of a part of these revenues have therefore been also deferred, generating a € 5 million positive impact in the income statement and a decrease of the debt to be paid for the same amount.

 

(ii)

Under IFRS, debt with deferred payment should be recognized at fair value at transaction date and the impact of the discounting should be recognized over the period until final payment. Such treatment led to a decrease of the underlying liability with corresponding counterpart in revenues.

- 109 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

37.4

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2004


 

 

Year ended December 31, 2004

 

 

 


 

(€ in millions)

 

Note

 

French
GAAP

 

Effect of
transition
to IFRS

 

Effect of
IFRS 5

 

IFRS

 


 



 



 



 



 



 

Continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

a

 

 

7,994

 

 

19

 

 

(1,977

)

 

6,036

 

Cost of sales

 

 

b,i

 

 

(6,284

)

 

(130

)

 

1,780

 

 

(4,634

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Gross margin

 

 

 

 

 

1,710

 

 

(111

)

 

(197

)

 

1,402

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Selling, general, administrative expenses and others

 

 

c,i

 

 

(1,899

)

 

178

 

 

989

 

 

(732

)

Research and development expense

 

 

d,i

 

 

(277

)

 

22

 

 

51

 

 

(204

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Profit from continuing operations and before tax and financial result

 

 

 

 

 

(466

)

 

88

 

 

843

 

 

466

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

(24

)

 

—  

 

 

22

 

 

(2

)

Other financial income (expense)

 

 

e,i

 

 

(55

)

 

(3

)

 

31

 

 

(27

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Financial costs

 

 

 

 

 

(79

)

 

(3

)

 

53

 

 

(29

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Share of income (loss) from associates

 

 

f

 

 

(3

)

 

(18

)

 

1

 

 

(20

)

Income tax

 

 

g

 

 

(88

)

 

10

 

 

(15

)

 

(93

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Profit from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

(635

)

 

77

 

 

882

 

 

324

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations

 

 

h

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(885

)

 

(885

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

(635

)

 

77

 

 

(3

)

 

(561

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Attributable to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity Holders

 

 

 

 

 

(636

)

 

77

 

 

—  

 

 

(559

)

Minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

—  

 

 

(3

)

 

(2

)

- 110 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(a)

Revenues


 

(i)

Revenues recognized on licensing and patents activity

24

 

 

(ii)

Cash discounts granted – reclassified from financial costs

(6

)

 

(iii)

Impact of deferred payment of liability

1

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in revenues

19

 


 

(i)

Revenue from the Group’s licensing and patents business activities results from licensing agreements of the non-exclusive use of patents developed or acquired by the Group. Under French GAAP, revenue is recognized as income to the prevailing period if (1) a contract was signed before the date the Group consolidated financial statements have been approved by the board of directors and if (2) the revenue recognized is earned, which means it relates to licenses used during periods prior to the date the current year accounts were signed off. According to IAS 18 such revenue is recognized when it is received or earned base upon a formal agreement signed between the parties at the closing date. Accordingly, in 2004, the impact on the IFRS net result is a positive effect of € 24 million, including the reversal of the previous € 27 million (positive impact) and € 3 million (negative impact) related to revenues accounted for in 2004 under French GAAP but deferred to 2005 under IFRS.

 

(ii)

Mainly relates to the reclassification of cash discount granted to customers. Under IFRS, revenues should be presented net of cash discounts granted to customers. These discounts were considered as financial costs under French GAAP and amounted to € 5 million as of December 31, 2004.

 

(iii)

Refer to section 37.4 (q) Other current liabilities §ii.

 

 

 

(b)

Cost of sales


 

(i)

Rebates received from suppliers

(4

)

 

(ii)

Customer relationships amortization

(23

)

 

(iii)

Impacts related to net periodic pension costs

10

 

 

(iv)

Reversal of depreciation charge due to fair value adjustment related to TV fixed assets

2

 

 

(v)

Change of classification of freight cost in the Services Segment

(30

)

 

(vi)

Write off of spare parts

(3

)

 

(vii)

Change of classification of Warranty costs

(82

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in cost of sales

(130

)


 

(i)

Under French GAAP, some rebates received from suppliers were recorded in deduction of the costs of sales for the related period. Under IFRS, when those rebates are linked to future purchases commitments, they should be considered upfront payments on future business and spread over that future business. They were accounted for in the 2004 IFRS income statement with a negative impact of € 4 million.

 

(ii)

The customer relationships amortization charge under IFRS amounted to € 23 million for 2004. Under French GAAP, these customer relationships were not amortized.

 

(iii)

Refer to (i) Post employment benefits expense from current section.

 

(iv)

The fair value adjustment of the fixed assets of TV activities as of January 1, 2004 generated a positive impact of € 2 million linked to the reversal of the related depreciation charge accounted for under French GAAP between January 1, 2004 and the date of fixed assets disposal.

 

(v)

The freight costs of the Services Segment distribution activity were classified as selling expenses under French GAAP. In substance the classification of these costs under “Cost of Sales” heading is more meaningful under IFRS.

 

(vi)

Refer to section 37.4 (g) Inventories §iii.

 

(vii)

Under French GAAP, Thomson classified warranty costs under Selling expenses. The warranty service is included in the sale price and the corresponding cost should therefore be included in the cost of sales. Under IFRS, Thomson has elected this classification.

- 111 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(c)

Selling, general, administrative expenses and others


 

(i)

Reversal of goodwill amortization

100

 

 

(ii)

Reclassification of impairment charge on TTE Goodwill

18

 

 

(iii)

Capital gain from TTE

11

 

 

(iv)

Transaction costs related to TTE

4

 

 

(v)

Impacts related to net periodic pension costs and restructuring costs

(24

)

 

(vi)

Other transaction costs deferred under French GAAP

(1

)

 

(vii)

Share-based compensation charge

(3

)

 

(viii)

Restructuring costs related to 2004 business acquisitions

(29

)

 

(ix)

Change of classification of freight cost of Technicolor

30

 

 

(x)

Change of classification of capital gain on a non controlled entity

(10

)

 

(xi)

Change of classification of Warranty costs

82

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of Selling, general, administrative expenses and others 

178

 


 

(i)

In compliance with IFRS 3, the total goodwill amortization expense in 2004 reversed under IFRS amounted to € 130 million. The € 35 million of goodwill impairment related to TTE (€ 23 million), Zhao Wei (€ 7 million) and Screenvision (€ 5 million) remained an expense in the 2004 IFRS income statement. In addition, under IFRS, the fair value adjustment on the tangible assets of TV activities generated a € 5 million decrease of the goodwill impairment related to TTE.

 

(ii)

Impairment charge of goodwill on investment accounted for using the equity method shall be posted in the heading “share of loss from associate” for an amount of € 18 million.

 

(iii)

In accordance with IFRS 1, tangible assets of TV activities were measured at fair value and therefore reduced the net consolidated value of the transferred activity. Consequently, the capital gain related to this transaction increased by € 11 million under IFRS.

 

(iv)

Under French GAAP, the € 23 million total transaction costs related to TTE transaction were allocated as follows:

 

 

-

€ 11.5 million (before tax effect) of which € 8 million recognized as part of allocating the costs of the combination, and € 4 million recognized as tax charge (refer to (f) Income tax, §ii from current section), and

 

 

-

€ 11.5 million related to the disposal of the Group’s TV activity have been charged to capital gain.

 

 

Under IFRS, as no transaction was completed at 2003 year-end, the € 9 million of costs were expensed against the opening net equity. The € 14 million incurred in 2004 were allocated as follows:

 

 

-

€ 7 million were recognized as part of allocating the costs of the combination, generating a difference of € 1 million compared with French GAAP (refer to section 37.4 (d) Investment in associates §ii). These acquisition costs have been recognized before tax effect.

 

 

-

€ 7 million have been charged against capital gain, generating a € 4 million difference on capital gain between French GAAP and IFRS.

 

(v)

Refer to (i) Post employment benefits expense from current section.

 

(vi)

Other transaction costs incurred in 2004, that management estimated not probable to be finalized, were charged under IFRS and deferred under French GAAP.

 

(vii)

In accordance with the requirements of IFRS 2 “Share-based payment”, the fair value of stock options granted to employees is recorded as an expense in the income statement. Under French GAAP, unlike IFRS, the fair value of the service of the employees is not recognized as an expense. The impact of IFRS 2 application on the 2004 IFRS income statement regarding the plans not covered by the aforementioned exemptions was a € 3 million expense.

 

(viii)

As explained in section 37.4 (b) Goodwill §ii, restructuring costs of € 29 million related to entities acquired in 2004, which could not be recognized in goodwill under IFRS and therefore were charged to the IFRS income statement.

 

(ix)

Refer to (b) Cost of sales §v from current section.

 

(x)

Refer to (e) Other financial expense §iv from current section.

 

(xi)

Refer to (b) Cost of sales §vii from current section.

- 112 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(d)

Research and development expense


 

(i)

Capitalization of development projects, net

14

 

 

(ii)

Impacts related to net periodic pension costs

6

 

 

(iii)

Write-off of fixed assets dedicated to specific projects

(1

)

 

(iv)

Change of classification of grants for R&D

3

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of research and development expense

22

 


 

(i)

The capitalization of the development projects in accordance with IAS 38 has a positive impact of € 14 million on the 2004 IFRS income statement, composed of € 29 million increase in gross value and € 15 million amortization charge of the year.

 

(ii)

Refer to (i) Post employment benefits expense from current section.

 

(iii)

Mainly fixed assets dedicated to internal projects with a net value of € 1 million were written off.

 

(iv)

Under IFRS, grants for R&D ("Crédits d'impôt recherche") are recognized in profit and loss as a credit of research and development expense. Under French GAAP, these grants were deducted from Income tax.

 

 

 

(e)

Other financial income (expense)


 

(i)

Cash discounts granted to customers

5

 

 

(ii)

Net periodic interest pension costs

(17

)

 

(iii)

Subsidiaries controlled but not consolidated

(1

)

 

(iv)

Change of classification of capital gain on non controlled entity

10

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in other financial expense

(3

)


 

(i)

As explained under (a) Revenues §ii from current section, cash discounts granted to customers are deducted from revenues under IFRS.

 

(ii)

Refer to (i) Post employment benefits expense from current section.

 

(iii)

Refer to section 37.4 (h) Current accounts with affiliated companies §i.

 

(iv)

Under IFRS, capital gain from the disposal of its investment in a non controlled entity has been reclassified from Selling, general administrative expenses and other to other financial income.

 

 

 

(f)

Income tax


 

(i)

Reversal of tax charge on Marion

8

 

 

(ii)

Reversal of tax charge on TTE

4

 

 

(iii)

Deferred tax income on entities with a functional currency different from the local currency

4

 

 

(iv)

Deferred tax income on undistributed reserves

(3

)

 

(v)

Deferred tax charge on other IFRS adjustments

2

 

 

(vi)

Tax loss carryback receivable at discounted value

(2

)

 

(vii)

Change of classification of grants for R&D

(3

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of tax charge

10

 


 

(i)

Under French GAAP, as a result of the capitalization through goodwill of the restructuring charges of an acquired company, a deferred tax charge had been recorded for € 8 million corresponding to 40% of the restructuring charge, including a cumulative translation adjustment of € 1 million. Under IFRS, as opposed to French GAAP, an acquirer is required to recognize liabilities for terminating or reducing the activities of the acquired company when allocating the cost of the business combination only when the acquired company has, at the acquisition date, already recognized an existing liability for restructuring. Therefore, the provision for restructuring costs should be recognized as expenses and the related deferred tax charge should also be recognized as an income.

 

(ii)

As explained under (c) Selling, general, administrative expenses and others §iv from current section, under French GAAP, capitalized transaction costs related to TTE transactions are recognized net of tax. Under IFRS, transactions costs of TTE transaction have to be recognized before tax effect. Consequently the € 4 million tax charge recorded under French GAAP has been reversed in the IFRS income statement.

- 113 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

(iii)

Unlike French GAAP, under IFRS, a deferred tax is recorded on differences between the tax base and the carrying value of the non-monetary assets of the consolidated entities for which the functional currency differs from the local currency. Consequently, net deferred tax liabilities amounting to € 6 million were recognized in the opening retained earnings as of January 1, 2004, out of which € 2 million were reversed in 2004 IFRS income statement.

 

(iv)

The Group recognized under IFRS a deferred tax on investments in associates and joint ventures, for which Thomson is not able to control the distribution of profit, and for which it is probable that the temporary difference will reverse in the foreseeable future. The impact of € 6 million corresponds to € 3 million recorded against the opening retained earning as of the date of IFRS transition and € (3) million recognized in the 2004 IFRS income statement.

 

(v)

Deferred tax expense on other 2004 IFRS adjustments amounts to € 3 million.

 

(vi)

Refer to section 37.4 (f) Other non-current assets §ii.

 

(vii)

Refer to (d) Research and development expense §iv from current section.

 

 

 

(g)

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

As explained in Note 11 “Discontinued operations” of the consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2005, the Group has discontinued operations in respect of operations linked to the exit of Tubes and Display businesses and of the Accessories business.

 

According to IFRS 5, the IFRS income statement for the comparative periods has to be restated in order to reflect the effect of the discontinued operations. The column “Effect of IFRS 5 restatement” presented in the section 37.4 reflects the required restatement for each line of the profit from continuing operations in the IFRS income statement.

 

The net result of the discontinued operations is presented on a separate line in the IFRS income statement.

 

 

(h)

Share of loss from associates

 

 

 

Under IFRS, as explained under section 37.4 (b) Goodwill §iii, goodwill on equity investment is posted in the heading “Investment in associates”. As a result, the impairment charge recognized on the TTE goodwill, which amounted to € 18 million under IFRS (€ 23 million under French GAAP), has been reclassified from the heading “Selling, general, administrative expenses and others” to the heading “Share of loss from associates”.

 

 

(i)

Post employment benefits expense


 

Net periodic pension income recognized in cost of sales

10

 

 

Net periodic pension costs recognized in selling, general, administrative expenses and others

(24

)

 

Net periodic pension costs recognized in research and development expense

6

 

 

 


 

 

Net impact – increase in operational post employment benefits expense

(8

)

 

Net periodic interest pension costs (other financial costs)

(17

)

 

 


 

 

Total impact – net increase in post employment benefits expense

(25

)


 

The IFRS impact on 2004 income statement in relation to employee benefits is a negative effect of € 25 million, out of which € 17 has been reclassified as a charge in the financial result. The € 25 million impact is mainly due to the following:

 

-

A € 40 million of negative impact was recognized in the 2004 IFRS Income statement in respect of curtailment occurred in 2004.

 

-

As a consequence of the IFRS 1 option, the pension costs recognized in 2004 under IFRS no longer include the amortization of actuarial losses existing as of January 1, 2004, which are charged directly against equity. A positive effect of € 10 million was booked in the 2004 income statement.

- 114 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

-

A negative effect of € 5 million of unrecognized prior service costs resulting from changes in medical retiree plans for Americans.

 

-

A positive effect of € 10 million is due to valuation method differences, especially on early retirement plans.

 

(j) Bridge between net loss for the year ended December 31, 2004 released in interim IFRS transition information and one released in present note

 

 

 

As recommended by Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF), in order to improve the quality of information on IFRS transition, the following improvements have been made to the data provided previously in interim IFRS transition information:

 

-

Change of classification of Warranty costs from Selling expenses to Cost of sales (refer to (b) Cost of sales §vii from current section),

 

-

Change of classification of grants for R&D from Income tax to research and development expense (refer to (d) Research and development expense §iv from current section),

 

-

Change of classification of Capital gains and losses on non consolidated entities from Other income (expense) to Other financial income (expense) (refer to (e) Other financial income (expense) §iv).

 

-

Adjustments of net loss of the Group for year ended December 31, 2004:


(€ in millions)

 

For year ended
December 31,
2004

 


 



 

Net loss of the Group as released in interim IFRS transition information

 

 

(551

)

Adjustment related to deferred tax asset on interest on joint-ventures previously recognized on UK area (refer to (f) Income tax §iv from current section)

 

 

(5

)

Adjustment related to tax loss carryback receivable measured at discounted value instead of historical value  (refer to (f) Income tax §vi from current section)

 

 

(2

)

Adjustment related to subsidiaries controlled but not consolidated analyzed as immaterial subsidiaries under French GAAP (refer to section 37.4 (h) Current accounts with affiliated companies §i and (e) Other financial expense §iii  from current section)

 

 

(1

)

 

 



 

Net loss of the Group as released in final IFRS transition information

 

 

(559

)

 

 



 

- 115 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

37.5

Balance sheet as of January 1, 2005

 

 

 

 

For the 2004 financial information, the Group applied all IFRS standards and interpretations, which are expected to be mandatory as of December 31, 2005 except for the following standards, which the Group did not elect for an earlier application:

 

-

IAS 32 – “Financial instruments: disclosure and presentation”. The Group applies these standards starting from January 1, 2005,

 

-

IAS 39 – “Financial Instruments: recognition and measurement”. The Group applies these standards starting from January 1, 2005,

 

-

IFRS 5 – “Non current assets held for sale and discontinued operations”. The Group applies this standard starting from January 1, 2005.

 

 

 

 

The following note presents the impacts of IAS 32 and 39 and IFRS 5 on the balance sheet as of January 1, 2005.


(€ in millions)

 

Note

 

IFRS
as of
December 31,
2004

 

IAS 32/39

 

IFRS 5

 

IFRS as
of
January 1,
2005

 


 



 



 



 



 



 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

1,051

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

1 051

 

Goodwill

 

 

a

 

 

1,178

 

 

8

 

 

—  

 

 

1 186

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

924

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

924

 

Investments in associates

 

 

 

 

 

260

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

260

 

Investment and financial assets available-for-sale

 

 

b

 

 

113

 

 

26

 

 

—  

 

 

139

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

c

 

 

—  

 

 

11

 

 

—  

 

 

11

 

Contract advances

 

 

 

 

 

179

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

179

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

d

 

 

301

 

 

10

 

 

(4

)

 

307

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

136

 

 

—  

 

 

(3

)

 

133

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

4,142

 

 

55

 

 

(7

)

 

4,190

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

 

 

 

 

 

568

 

 

—  

 

 

(65

)

 

503

 

Trade accounts and notes receivable

 

 

e

 

 

1,180

 

 

54

 

 

(2

)

 

1,232

 

Current accounts with affiliated companies

 

 

 

 

 

143

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

143

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

c

 

 

—  

 

 

115

 

 

—  

 

 

115

 

Other current assets

 

 

f

 

 

616

 

 

(130

)

 

(3

)

 

483

 

Investment funds

 

 

 

 

 

58

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

58

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

1,848

 

 

—  

 

 

(3

)

 

1,845

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total current assets

 

 

 

 

 

4,413

 

 

39

 

 

(73

)

 

4,379

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Non-current assets classified as held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80

 

 

80

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

8,555

 

 

94

 

 

—  

 

 

8,649

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

- 116 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(€ in millions)

 

Note

 

IFRS
as of
December 31,
2004

 

IAS 32/39

 

IFRS 5

 

IFRS as
of
January 1,
2005

 


 



 



 



 



 



 

LIABILITIES, SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND MINORITY INTERESTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

 

 

 

1,025

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

1,025

 

Treasury shares

 

 

 

 

 

(55

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(55

)

Additional paid in capital

 

 

 

 

 

1,751

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

1,751

 

Other reserves

 

 

g

 

 

(23

)

 

112

 

 

—  

 

 

89

 

Retained earnings

 

 

g

 

 

(125

)

 

(198

)

 

—  

 

 

(323

)

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

(98

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(98

)

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

2,475

 

 

(86

)

 

 

 

 

2,389

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Minority interests

 

 

h

 

 

18

 

 

(9

)

 

—  

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

2,493

 

 

(95

)

 

 

 

 

2,398

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

i

 

 

1,597

 

 

(57

)

 

—  

 

 

1,540

 

Derivatives financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Reserve for post-employment benefits

 

 

 

 

 

785

 

 

—  

 

 

(25

)

 

760

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

j

 

 

—  

 

 

122

 

 

—  

 

 

122

 

Other provisions

 

 

 

 

 

55

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

55

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

d

 

 

37

 

 

10

 

 

(4

)

 

43

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

129

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

129

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

2,603

 

 

75

 

 

(29

)

 

2,649

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

i

 

 

904

 

 

107

 

 

—  

 

 

1,011

 

Derivatives financial instruments

 

 

j

 

 

—  

 

 

34

 

 

—  

 

 

34

 

Reserve for post-employment benefits

 

 

 

 

 

65

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

65

 

Restructuring provisions

 

 

 

 

 

76

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

76

 

Other provisions

 

 

 

 

 

81

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

81

 

Trade accounts and notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

1,226

 

 

—  

 

 

(27

)

 

1,199

 

Accrued employee expenses

 

 

 

 

 

163

 

 

—  

 

 

(5

)

 

158

 

Income tax payable

 

 

 

 

 

60

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

60

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

k

 

 

800

 

 

(27

)

 

(27

)

 

746

 

Payables on acquisition of companies

 

 

 

 

 

84

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

3,459

 

 

114

 

 

(59

)

 

3,514

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

Liabilities directly associated with non-current assets classified as held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

88

 

 

88

 

Total liabilities, shareholders’ equity and minority interests

 

 

 

 

 

8,555

 

 

94

 

 

—  

 

 

8,649

 

 

 

 

 

 



 



 



 



 

- 117 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

Effect of application of IAS 32 and IAS 39

(a)

Goodwill


 

(i)

Commitments to repurchase minority interests

8

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in goodwill

8

 


 

(i)

Under French GAAP, commitments granted to shareholders to repurchase their minority interests were presented off-balance sheet. When applicable, foreseeable losses of repurchases were accrued. Under IFRS, the commitment to repurchase minority interests is recognized as a financial debt for the present value of the repurchase consideration under the put option (€ 17 million), offset through minority interests (€ 9 million) and the balance through goodwill (€ 8 million).

 

 

 

(b)

Investment and financial assets available-for-sale


 

(i)

Remeasurement of available-for-sale financial assets

26

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in available-for-sale

26

 


 

(i)

Available-for-sale assets are recognized at fair value. For listed shares, the restatement consists of recognizing in shareholders' equity, the temporary difference between the carrying value and the market value, net of any possible deferred tax impacts.

 

 

 

(c)

Derivative financial instruments


 

(i)

Fair value of derivative financial instruments (both non-current and current)

126

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in derivative financial instruments

126

 


 

(i)

Under French GAAP, off balance sheet derivative financial instruments are not in all cases recorded in the balance sheet. Under IFRS such instruments are systematically recorded at fair value in the balance sheet.  If the derivative is a fair value hedge or if it is considered speculative the mark to market change in value is recorded in financial result. If the derivative is a cash flow hedge the change in mark to market of the effective portion of the hedging instrument is recorded in shareholders' equity.

 

 

 

(d)

Deferred taxes


 

(i)

Deferred tax assets – Reversal of valuation allowance / Deferred tax liabilities

10

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in deferred tax assets and liabilities

10

 


 

(i)

A deferred tax liability has been recognized by adjusting the initial carrying amount of the equity component of the convertible liability issued in euros (€ 10 million), a reversal of valuation allowance has been booked for the same amount. Furthermore, a deferred tax asset fully depreciated (€ 29 million) has been recognized on the fair value of the embedded conversion option bifurcated from the debt component of the convertible debt instrument issued to Silver Lake Partners LLC.

 

 

 

(e)

Trade accounts and notes receivable


 

(i)

Factoring or sale of receivables without recourse

54

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in trade accounts

54

 

- 118 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

(i)

Under French GAAP, accounts receivable without recourse were excluded from the trade accounts and notes receivable. Under IFRS, the receivables without recourse are considered as being trade receivables with counterpart in borrowings because the Group retains the risk of late receipts. The adjustment as of January 1, 2005 amounted to € 54 million. The corresponding debt is recorded under borrowings.

 

 

 

(f)

Other current assets


 

(i)

Hedge revaluation suspense accounts

(116

)

 

(ii)

Change of classification of prepaid bank fees

(14

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of other current assets

(130

)


 

(i)

Under French GAAP, gains and losses resulting from revaluation of outstanding derivatives that are accounted for as hedges are deferred and taken in the income statement during the same period as the underlying hedged exposure.  These deferred results were accounted for in the balance sheet in a hedge suspense account which is part of other current assets/creditors.  Under IFRS, these gains and losses are accounted for either in the income statement for hedges of balance sheet items or in shareholders’ equity for hedges covering future cash flows.

 

(ii)

Refer to (g) Retained earnings and other reserves §viii and (i) Borrowings §i from current section.

 

 

 

(g)

Retained earnings and other reserves


 

(i)

Interests expenses on convertible bonds

(166

)

 

(ii)

Reserves and retained earnings (hedging impact)

(4

)

 

(iii)

Net equity hedging reserve

15

 

 

(iv)

Equity component of convertible bonds

120

 

 

(v)

Written puts

(37

)

 

(vi)

Remeasurement of call option

(8

)

 

(vii)

Remeasurement of available-for-sale financial assets

6

 

 

(viii)

Prepaid bank fees included in effective interest rate

(12

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in retained earnings and other reserves

(86

)


 

(i)

Under French GAAP, the interest expense recognized on a convertible bond is the actual rate applied to the nominal amount of the debt. Under IFRS, an effective interest rate is determined which is applied to the debt component of the convertible. This difference in interest expense is recorded as a reduction of retained earnings; the offset is an accretion of the amount of the debt component of the convertible.

 

(ii)

Under French GAAP, the entire impact of a qualifying hedge is taken in the financial statements as an offset to the change in value of the underlying exposure. Under IFRS, the impact of a hedge is broken out into effective and ineffective portions; the latter is taken to financial result or in the case of the opening IFRS balance sheet to retained earnings.

 

(iii)

Under French GAAP, the gains and losses resulting from revaluation of outstanding derivatives that are accounted for as hedges are deferred and taken in the income statement during the same period as the underlying hedged exposure. Under IFRS, the effective portion of such gains and losses on derivatives hedging future cash flows is taken in shareholders’ equity in Net equity hedging reserve.

 

(iv)

Under French GAAP, a convertible bond is recognized in the balance sheet as long term debt for its nominal amount. Under IFRS, the equity component of convertible bonds is accounted for as an increase in equity offset by a reduction of the nominal amount of the debts.

 

(v)

Refer to (i) Borrowings §iv from current section.

 

(vi)

Refer to (i) Borrowings §v from current section.

 

(vii)

Refer to (b) Investments and financial assets available-for-sale §i from current section.

 

(viii)

Under French GAAP, prepaid bank fees related to debt issues are booked as an asset in the balance sheet and amortized on a straight-line basis through financial result over the life of the debt instrument. Under IFRS, prepaid bank fees are booked as a reduction of long term debt and amortized over the life of the debt instrument by the effective interest rate method (€ 12 million). A part of prepaid bank fees related to senior notes are reclassified in borrowings (€ 2 million)

- 119 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

(h)

Minority interests


 

(i)

Change of classification of minority interests

(9

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of minority interests

(9

)


 

(i)

Refer to (a) Goodwill §i from current section.

 

 

(i)

Borrowings


 

(i)

Convertible bonds

(76

)

 

(ii)

Market value swap interest

12

 

 

(iii)

Factoring or sale of receivables without recourse

54

 

 

(iv)

Written put

37

 

 

(v)

Remeasurement of call granted to TCL

8

 

 

(vi)

Change of classification minority interests, valued at present value

17

 

 

(vii)

Prepaid bank fees

(2

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in borrowings (both non-current and current)

50

 


 

(i)

Under French GAAP, a convertible bond is recognized in the balance sheet as long term debt for its nominal amount.  Under IFRS, the equity component of convertible bonds is accounted for as an increase in equity offset by a reduction of the nominal amount of the debt. Moreover, under IFRS, the prepaid bank fees related to the issuance of the convertible bonds are accounted for as a reduction of debt for the fees related to the debt component of the convertible and as a reduction of equity for the fees related to the convertible equity component.

 

(ii)

Under French GAAP, interest rate swaps are not accounted for in the balance sheet.  Under IFRS, the fair market value of interest rate swaps are accounted for as an asset or liability in the balance sheet with the offset being a corresponding increase or decrease of the underlying debt.

 

(iii)

Refer to (c) Trade accounts and notes receivable §i from current section.

 

(iv)

Under French GAAP a written put on a company’s own shares, as an off-balance sheet contingent obligation is not recognized in the balance sheet. Under IFRS, the put is recognized for the present value of the repurchase consideration under the put option (i.e. the discounted amount of the exercise price multiplied by the number of shares covered by the put) as an increase in equity with offset being financial debt.

 

(v)

Under French GAAP, a call granted on a company’s own shares is not recognized in the balance sheet. Under IFRS, the call with terms that require or permit net settlement is valued mark to market with the result taken in income and the offset being a financial asset or financial liability.

 

(vi)

Refer to (a) Goodwill §i and to (h) Minority interests §i from current section.

 

(vii)

Refer to (g) Retained earnings and other reserves §viii from current section.

 

 

 

(j)

Derivative financial instruments


 

(i)

Fair value of the embedded conversion option

122

 

 

(ii)

Fair value of derivative financial instruments

14

 

 

(iii)

Remeasurement of available-for-sale financial assets

20

 

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – increase in derivative financial instruments (split between non-current and current)

156

 


 

(i)

Under French GAAP, the Group's USD 500 million convertible bond due 2010 issued to Silver Lake Partners LLC is accounted for as a debt. Under IFRS, the bond is split into a debt component and an option conversion component. The fair value option is accounted for as financial derivative.

- 120 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

(ii)

Under French GAAP, off balance sheet derivatives are not accounted for in the balance sheet.  Under IFRS, the fair value of all derivatives is accounted for as assets or liabilities in the balance sheet.

 

(iii)

Refer to (b) Investments and financial assets available-for-sale §i from current section.

 

 

 

(k)

Other current liabilities


 

(i)

Hedge suspense account

(27

)

 

 

 


 

 

Total impact – decrease of Other current liabilities

(27

)


 

(i)

Under French GAAP, gains and losses resulting from revaluation of outstanding derivatives that are accounted for as hedges are deferred and taken in the income statement during the same period as the underlying hedged exposure.  For foreign exchange derivatives part of these deferred results were accounted for in the balance sheet in a hedge suspense account, which is part of Other current assets.  Under IFRS these gains and losses are accounted for either in the income statement for hedges of balance sheet items or in shareholders’ equity for hedges covering future cash flows.

Effect of application of IFRS 5

As of January 1, 2005, Anagni plant assets and liabilities met the criteria of group of assets held for sale, therefore, in accordance with IFRS 5, they have to be presented separately in the consolidated balance sheet. The assets held for sale mainly include € 65 million of inventories, net, € 23 million of accounts receivable and € 7 million of other current assets. Related liabilities mainly include € 25 million of post employment benefits, € 27 million of accounts payable and € 111 million of intra-group liabilities. 

37.6

Cash-flow statement as of December 31, 2004


 

 

2004

 

 

 


 

(€ in millions)

 

French
GAAP

 

Effect of
transition
to IFRS

 

IFRS

 


 



 



 



 

Net cash generated from operating activities

 

 

401

 

 

29

 

 

430

 

Of which operating cash used in discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(125

)

Net cash used in investing

 

 

(902

)

 

(87

)

 

(989

)

Of which investing cash used in discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(131

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

5

 

 

—  

 

 

5

 

Of which financing cash used in discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Net decrease/increase in cash and bank equivalents:

 

 

(496

)

 

(58

)

 

(554

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

2,383

 

 

—  

 

 

2,383

 

Exchange gains/(losses) on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

19

 

 

—  

 

 

19

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

 

1,906

 

 

(58

)

 

1,848

 


The IFRS cash flow statement is affected by the following changes:

 

- Net cash from operating activities: previously under French GAAP, the net cash from operating activities was presented starting from the Operating Income.

 

- Net cash from investing activities: the increase in purchase of intangible assets under IFRS is due to the capitalization of the development projects, which were expensed under French GAAP.

 

- Cash and cash equivalents: Under IFRS, investment funds cannot be qualified as cash equivalents because such investments could be subject to some minor risks of change in value. Such investments are classified as held for trading and categorized as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

- 121 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

38

LIST OF CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES


 

 

% share held by Thomson
(% rounded to one decimal)

 

 

 


 

COMPANY - (Country)

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 

1) Fully consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomson (France) (formerly Thomson multimedia)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46 quai Le Gallo – 92100 Boulogne Billancourt - France

 

Parent company

 

ATLINKS Communications Canada, Inc. (Canada)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

ATLINKS Telecommunication (Guangzhou) Cie Ltd. (People’s Republic of China)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

ATLINKS Hong Kong Ltd. (Hong Kong)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

ATLINKS USA, Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Baja Hughes S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Beijing Thomson Commerce Co. Ltd. (People’s Republic of China)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Broadcast Television Systems Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Broadcast Television Systems Australia Pty Ltd. (Australia)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Broadcast Television Systems (S), Pty Ltd. (Singapore)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Canal+ Technologies, Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Comercializadora de Productos Electronicos del Norte, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Celstream Technologies Private Ltd. (India)

 

 

44.8

 

 

—  

 

Deutsche Thomson Brandt GmbH (Germany)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Direct Solutions, Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

European Audio Products (HK) Ltd. (Hong Kong)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

European Thai Electronic Company Ltd. (Thailand)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

GALLO 3 S.A. (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

GALLO 4 S.A. (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Gallo 7 (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Gallo 15 (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Gallo 19 (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Gallo 20 (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Grass Valley Belgium (Belgium) . (Formerly Thomson multimedia Broadcast Solutions Belgium BV)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Grass Valley Germany GmbH (Germany) (formerly BTS Media Solutions GmbH/ Thomson Broadcast & Media Solutions GmbH)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Grass Valley France S.A. (formerly Thomson Broadcast Systems S.A./ Thomson Broadcast & Media Solutions SA) (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Grass Valley Italy S.r.l. (Italy) (Formerly Thomson multimedia Broadcast Solutions Italy S.r.l

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Grass Valley Japan Ltd (Japan) (formerly Grass Valley Group Japan, Ltd.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Grass Valley Ltd. (Hong Kong)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Grass Valley Ltd. (United Kingdom) (formerly Thomson Broadcast Ltd./ Thomson Broadcast & Media Solutions Ltd)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Grass Valley Pte Ltd. (Singapore)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Grass Valley S.A.R.L. (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

GVG Pty Ltd. (Australia)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Grass Valley, Inc. (US)  (formerly Thomson Broadcast & Media Solutions, Inc.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Grass Valley Nederland B.V. (Netherlands) (formerly Broadcast & Media Solutions Netherlands B.V./ Thomson Broadcast & Media Solutions Nederlands BV)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Grass Valley Spain (Spain) (formerly Thomson multimedia Broadcast Solutions Iberica, S.A./ Thomson multimedia Broadcast Solutions)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Gyration, Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Immobilière Cesson (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Immobilière LE GALLO (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Laboratories Thomson Ltd. (Switzerland)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Mediabright Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

MediaSec Technologies GmbH (Germany)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Metabyte Networks, Inc. (US)

 

 

49.0

 

 

49.0

 

MNC Australia Pty Ltd. (Australia)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Multimedia Insurance Brokerage (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Nextamp S.A. (France)

 

 

83.7

 

 

—  

 

Nextream S.A. (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Nextream Deutschland GmbH (Germany)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Nextream France S.A. (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Nextream Schweiz A.G. (Switzerland)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Productos Electronicos de la Laguna, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

PT Thomson Batam (Indonesia) (formerly Thomson Batam)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

RCA Trademark Management S.A. (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Servi-Centro Electronico de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

S.M. Electronics (Germany)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Société Tonnerroise d'Electronique Industrielle - STELI (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Société Française d’Investissement et d’Arbitrage - Sofia (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

TAK S.A.S. (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

- 122 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

 

% share held by Thomson
(% rounded to one decimal)

 

 

 


 

COMPANY - (Country)

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 

TCE Purchasing Company Taiwan (Taiwan)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

TCE Purchasing Company Japan (Japan)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

TCE Purchasing Company Korea (South Korea)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

TCE Television Taiwan Ltd. (Taiwan)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thales Broadcast & Multimedia S.A. (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Thales Broadcast & Multimedia Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Thales Broadcast & Multimedia GmbH (Germany)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Thales Broadcast & Multimedia A.G. (Switzerland)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Thales Radio Broadcast, Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Thomson Asia Pacific Holdings Pte Ltd. (Singapore) (formerly Thomson multimedia Asia Pacific Pte Ltd.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Asia Pacific Investments Pte Ltd. (Singapore) (formerly Thomson multimedia Asia Pte Ltd.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Broadband (India) Private Ltd (India)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Thomson Broadband R&D (Beijing) Co Ltd (People’s Republic of China)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Thomson Broadband UK Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Broadcast Solutions do Brazil Ltda. (Brazil)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson China Investment Limited (BVI)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Thomson Consumer Electronics International S.A. (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Crown Wood Products Company (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Displays & Components Holding S.A.S. (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Displays & Components Singapore Pte Ltd (Singapore)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Displays Mexicana, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

(***

)

 

100.0

 

Thomson Display R&D (People’s Republic of China)

 

 

(***

)

 

100.0

 

Thomson Fund Management, Inc. (US) (formerly Thomson Management Growth Fund)

 

 

55.2

 

 

55.2

 

Thomson Genlis S.A. (France) (Formerly GALLO 1)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Guangdong Display Company Ltd. (People’s Republic of China) (formerly Thomson Foshan Colour Picture Company Ltd.)

 

 

(***

)

 

77.6

 

Thomson Holding Germany GmbH & Co. O.H.G. (Germany) (formerly Thomson multimedia Sales Germany GmbH & Co O.H.G.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Holding Italy S.p.A. (Italy)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Thomson Hong Kong Holdings Ltd. (Hong Kong) (formerly Thomson multimedia Hong Kong Ltd.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Industry (Shenzhen) Co Ltd (People’s Republic of China) (formerly Thomson Shenzen Industry Ltd.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Investments Group Limited (BVI)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Investments India Limited (BVI)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Thomson Japan KK (Japan)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Kulim Sdn Bhd (Malaysia)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Licensing, Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Licensing (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Marketing Australia Pty Ltd. (Australia)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Maroc (Morocco) (formerly Thomson multimedia Maroc)

 

 

90.5

 

 

90.5

 

Thomson Media Services France (France) (Formerly GALLO 18)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Media Solutions Malaysia Sdn Bhd (Malaysia) (formerly Thomson Audio Muar Sdn Bhd)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Multimedia Portfolio Holdings (US)

 

 

55.2

 

 

55.2

 

Thomson multimedia (Dongguan) Ltd. (People’s Republic of China)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia Digital Holding (BVI) Limited

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia Chile S.A. (Chile)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia Czech, S.r.o. (Czech Republic)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia Digital France (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia Distribution B.V. (Netherlands)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia Engineering Laboratories Ltd. (Japan)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia Hungary K.f.t. (Hungary)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson, Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia Ltd. (Canada)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia Netherlands B.V. (Netherlands)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia Polska sp.zo.o. (Poland) (formerly Thomson Polkolor sp.zo.o.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson R&D France S.N.C. (France) (formerly Thomson multimedia R&D France S.N.C.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia Sales France (France)

 

 

(**

)

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia Sales International S.A.S. (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia Sales Italy S.p.A. (Italy)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia Sales Spain S.A. (Spain)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia Sales UK Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimedia (Schweiz) A.G. (Switzerland)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson multimidia do Brazil Ltda. (Brazil)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

- 123 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

 

% share held by Thomson
(% rounded to one decimal)

 

 

 


 

COMPANY - (Country)

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 

Thomson Optical Components Ltd (Hong Kong) (formerly Broadcast Television Systems HK Ltd.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson O.O.O. (Russia)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Pensionsverwaltungs GmbH (Germany)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Plasma S.A.S. (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Receivables Corporation (US)

 

 

—  

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson R&D Paris S.N.C. (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Thomson Sales Europe (France) (formerly Thomson multimedia Marketing France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Sales Germany and Austria GmbH (Germany) (formerly Thomson multimedia Sales Germany and Austria GmbH)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Sales Nordic A.B. (Sweden) (formerly Thomson multimedia Scandinavia A.B.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Silicon Components S.A.S. (France) (formerly Gallo 17 S.A.S.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Technology LLC (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Thomson Telecom Australia Pty Ltd (Australia)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Telecom Belgium N.V. (Belgium)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Telecom España S.A. (Spain)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Telecom México S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Telecom S.A. (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Television Angers (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Television Components France (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Television España S.A. (Spain)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Tube Components Belo Horizonte Ltda. (Brazil)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Tube Components de Mexico S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

—  

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Tubes & Displays S.A. (France)

 

 

(***

)

 

100.0

 

Thomson Videoglass (France)

 

 

—  

 

 

100.0

 

Videocolor S.p.A. (Italy)

 

 

(***

)

 

100.0

 

Vingt Huit Centelec (France) (formerly Ex Camera)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 


Services affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD Manufacturing (UK) Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Claymont Investments, Inc. (US)

 

 

(*

)

 

100.0

 

Consolidated Film Industries, LLC (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Corinthian Television Facilities Ltd (United Kingdom)

 

 

77.6

 

 

77.6

 

Direct Home Entertainment Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Euronimbus S.A. (Luxembourg)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Gallo 8 S.A.S. (France)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Interecord (Italy)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

International Recording S.r.l. (Italy)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Kay Holdings Ltd (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

La Luna de Madrid Digital, S.L. (Spain)

 

 

—  

 

 

100.0

 

Metrocolor Laboratories (UK) Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Metrocolor London Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Naamans Finance Corporation (US)

 

 

(*

)

 

100.0

 

Nimbus Manufacturing (UK) Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Objectif Ouest (France)

 

 

51.0

 

 

—  

 

Primacor B.V. (Netherlands)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Premier Retail Network Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Retail Network Facilities Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Technicolor Audio Visual Systems (Rentals) Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Audio Visual Systems Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Australia Investments Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor B.V. (Netherlands)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Canada, Inc. (Canada)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Creative Services Canada, Inc. (Canada) (formerly Covitec, Inc.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Creative Services Ltd (Thailand)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Creative Services USA, Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Digital Cinema, Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Digital Cinema, LLC (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Disc Services International Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Distribution Services France S.A.R.L. (France) (formerly Euronimbus S.A.R.L.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Distribution Services Ltd (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Technicolor East Coast, Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Export de Mexico, S.A. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Entertainment Services, S.L. (Spain) (formerly Madrid Film Lab, S.L.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Europe Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Technicolor Home Entertainment Services de Mexico, S.A. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Home Entertainment Services Ireland Ltd. (Ireland)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Home Entertainment Services of America LLC (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

- 124 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

 

% share held by Thomson
(% rounded to one decimal)

 

 

 


 

COMPANY - (Country)

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 

Technicolor Home Entertainment Services, Inc. (US) (formerly Technicolor Videocassette, Inc.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Holdings B.V. (Netherlands)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Holdings of Canada, Inc. (Canada)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Holdings, Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Holdings Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Holdings S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Imaging Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Investments Co., Inc. (US)

 

 

(*

)

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Laboratory Canada, Inc. (Canada)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Licensing Ltd (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

Technicolor Ltd. (UK) (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Mexicana, S.A. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Mexico Acquisition S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Milan S.p.A. (Italy)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Pty Ltd. (Australia)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Spain, S.A. (Spain)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor S.p.A. (Italy)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor USA Holdings, Inc. (US)

 

 

(*

)

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Video Services (UK) Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Video Servicios de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Videocassette Holdings Ltd. (UK) (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Videocassette of Michigan, Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Videocassette B.V. (Netherlands)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Vidtronics Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor, Inc. (US)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technicolor Universal Media Services LLC of America (US)

 

 

75.3

 

 

74.9

 

Technicolor (Thaïland) Ltd (formerly Cinecolor Lab Co., Ltd.)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Technivision Ltd. (UK) (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

The Moving Picture Company Blondes Films Limited (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

The Moving Picture Company Digital Films Limited (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

The Moving Picture Company Holdings Limited (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

The Moving Picture Company Liar Liar Pants on Fire Limited (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

The Moving Picture Company Limited (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

The Moving Picture Company Picasso Pictures Limited (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

The Moving Picture Company Printed Pictures Limited (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

The Moving Picture Production Company Limited (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Thomson Australia Holdings Pty Ltd (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

—  

 

VCF Thématiques S.A.S. (France)

 

 

51.0

 

 

—  

 

Vidfilm International Digital Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 

Vidfilm International Digital Subtitling Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

100.0

 

 

100.0

 


2) Consolidated by pro rata method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3DCD LLC (US)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Cinema Billboard Network, LLC (US)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

ContentGuard, Inc. (US)

 

 

25.2

 

 

—  

 

La Luna Titra, S.L. (Spain)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Nagra Thomson Licensing (France) (formerly Canal+ Technologies S.A.)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Screenvision Acquisitions 10, Inc. (US)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Screenvision Acquisitions 20, LLC (US)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Screenvision Cinema Network, LLC (US)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Screenvision Direct, Inc. (US) (formerly Val Morgan Cinema Advertising, Inc.)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Technicolor Cinema Advertising LLC (US)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Technicolor Cinema Billboard, Inc. (US)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Technicolor Screen Advertising, Inc. (US)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Technicolor Screen Services, Inc. (US)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Thomson Broadcast and Media Solutions Nordic A/S (Denmark)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Thomson CITIC Digital Technology (People’s Republic of China)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

 

Screenvision Europe affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dansk Reklame Films A/S (Denmark) (formerly RMB Dansk Reklame Films A/S)

 

 

12.5

 

 

12.5

 

Nordic Media Link A.B. (Sweden)

 

 

25.0

 

 

25.0

 

RMB Denmark A/S (Denmark)

 

 

—  

 

 

25.0

 

RMB Entertainment S.A. (Belgium)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

RMB Norway (Norway)

 

 

25.0

 

 

25.0

 

RMB Sweden A.B. (Sweden)

 

 

—  

 

 

25.0

 

Screenvision Belgium (Belgium) (formerly RMB Cinema)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

- 125 -




Thomson Group

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
All amounts indicated in the tables are expressed in millions of euro, unless otherwise stated

 

 

% share held by Thomson
(% rounded to one decimal)

 

 

 


 

COMPANY - (Country)

 

December 31,
2005

 

December 31,
2004

 


 



 



 

Screenvision Czech S.r.o. (Czech Republic) (formerly RMB Czech Arcona S.r.o.)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Screenvision Europe S.A.S. (France) (formerly Gallo 11 S.A.S.)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Screenvision Finance S.A.S. (France)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Screenvision Finland Oy (Finland) (formerly RMB Finland Oy)

 

 

25.0

 

 

25.0

 

Screenvision France S.A.S. (France) (formerly Circuit A SAS)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Screenvision Group (Europe) Ltd. (United Kingdom) (formerly RMBI II)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Screenvision Holdings (Europe) Ltd. (United Kingdom)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Screenvision Holdings S.A.S. (France)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Screenvision Netherlands B.V. (Netherlands) (formerly RMB Netherlands)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Screenvision Portugal (Portugal) (formerly RMB Portugal)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Screenvision Spain S.A. (Spain) (formerly RMB España Multimedia SA)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Screenvision Slovakia S.r.o. (Slovakia) (formerly RMB Slovakia S.r.o.)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 


3) Consolidated by equity method

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Celstream Technologies Private Ltd. (India)

 

 

—  

 

 

44.8

 

CTE El Athir (Tunisia)

 

 

30.0

 

 

30.0

 

Easyplug S.A.S. (France)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Easyplug, Inc. (US)

 

 

50.0

 

 

50.0

 

Metric Line (France)

 

 

40.0

 

 

40.0

 

MTEP (US)

 

 

12.5

 

 

12.5

 

RF Film, S.A. (Spain)

 

 

—  

 

 

50.0

 

Techfund Capital Europe (France)

 

 

20.0

 

 

20.0

 

T.T.E Corporation

 

 

—  

 

 

33.0

 

TCL Multimedia Technology Holding Ltd

 

 

29.3

 

 

—  

 



Note: A de facto controlled company is consolidated even if Thomson does not hold more than 50% of the voting rights. Only one company is concerned in 2005 and is representing a contribution in revenue of € 4 million and in net profit of € 0 million.

(*)

Entities merged into others.

(**)

Entities transferred to T.T.E. Corporation.

(***)

Entities sold to Videocon.

- 126 -



SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 Date: February 27th, 2006    
  By: /s/ Julian Waldron
  Name: Julian Waldron
  Title: Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer